tc-alpha.c revision 1.9 1 1.1 skrll /* tc-alpha.c - Processor-specific code for the DEC Alpha AXP CPU.
2 1.9 christos Copyright (C) 1989-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 1.1 skrll Contributed by Carnegie Mellon University, 1993.
4 1.1 skrll Written by Alessandro Forin, based on earlier gas-1.38 target CPU files.
5 1.1 skrll Modified by Ken Raeburn for gas-2.x and ECOFF support.
6 1.1 skrll Modified by Richard Henderson for ELF support.
7 1.1 skrll Modified by Klaus K"ampf for EVAX (OpenVMS/Alpha) support.
8 1.1 skrll
9 1.1 skrll This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
10 1.1 skrll
11 1.1 skrll GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 1.1 skrll it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
13 1.1 skrll the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
14 1.1 skrll any later version.
15 1.1 skrll
16 1.1 skrll GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
17 1.1 skrll but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
18 1.1 skrll MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
19 1.1 skrll GNU General Public License for more details.
20 1.1 skrll
21 1.1 skrll You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 1.1 skrll along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
23 1.1 skrll Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
24 1.1 skrll 02110-1301, USA. */
25 1.1 skrll
26 1.1 skrll /* Mach Operating System
27 1.1 skrll Copyright (c) 1993 Carnegie Mellon University
28 1.1 skrll All Rights Reserved.
29 1.1 skrll
30 1.1 skrll Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its
31 1.1 skrll documentation is hereby granted, provided that both the copyright
32 1.1 skrll notice and this permission notice appear in all copies of the
33 1.1 skrll software, derivative works or modified versions, and any portions
34 1.1 skrll thereof, and that both notices appear in supporting documentation.
35 1.1 skrll
36 1.1 skrll CARNEGIE MELLON ALLOWS FREE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IN ITS
37 1.1 skrll CONDITION. CARNEGIE MELLON DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FOR
38 1.1 skrll ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
39 1.1 skrll
40 1.1 skrll Carnegie Mellon requests users of this software to return to
41 1.1 skrll
42 1.1 skrll Software Distribution Coordinator or Software.Distribution (at) CS.CMU.EDU
43 1.1 skrll School of Computer Science
44 1.1 skrll Carnegie Mellon University
45 1.1 skrll Pittsburgh PA 15213-3890
46 1.1 skrll
47 1.1 skrll any improvements or extensions that they make and grant Carnegie the
48 1.1 skrll rights to redistribute these changes. */
49 1.1 skrll
50 1.1 skrll #include "as.h"
51 1.1 skrll #include "subsegs.h"
52 1.1 skrll #include "ecoff.h"
53 1.1 skrll
54 1.1 skrll #include "opcode/alpha.h"
55 1.1 skrll
56 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
57 1.1 skrll #include "elf/alpha.h"
58 1.1 skrll #endif
59 1.1 skrll
60 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
61 1.3 christos #include "vms.h"
62 1.3 christos #include "vms/egps.h"
63 1.3 christos #endif
64 1.3 christos
65 1.3 christos #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
66 1.1 skrll #include "dw2gencfi.h"
67 1.1 skrll #include "safe-ctype.h"
68 1.1 skrll
69 1.1 skrll /* Local types. */
71 1.1 skrll
72 1.1 skrll #define TOKENIZE_ERROR -1
73 1.1 skrll #define TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT -2
74 1.1 skrll #define MAX_INSN_FIXUPS 2
75 1.1 skrll #define MAX_INSN_ARGS 5
76 1.3 christos
77 1.3 christos /* Used since new relocation types are introduced in this
78 1.3 christos file (DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_*) */
79 1.3 christos typedef int extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type;
80 1.1 skrll
81 1.1 skrll struct alpha_fixup
82 1.1 skrll {
83 1.3 christos expressionS exp;
84 1.3 christos /* bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc; */
85 1.3 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
86 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
87 1.3 christos /* The symbol of the item in the linkage section. */
88 1.3 christos symbolS *xtrasym;
89 1.3 christos
90 1.3 christos /* The symbol of the procedure descriptor. */
91 1.3 christos symbolS *procsym;
92 1.1 skrll #endif
93 1.1 skrll };
94 1.1 skrll
95 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn
96 1.1 skrll {
97 1.1 skrll unsigned insn;
98 1.1 skrll int nfixups;
99 1.1 skrll struct alpha_fixup fixups[MAX_INSN_FIXUPS];
100 1.1 skrll long sequence;
101 1.1 skrll };
102 1.1 skrll
103 1.1 skrll enum alpha_macro_arg
104 1.1 skrll {
105 1.1 skrll MACRO_EOA = 1,
106 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR,
107 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR,
108 1.1 skrll MACRO_OPIR,
109 1.1 skrll MACRO_CPIR,
110 1.3 christos MACRO_FPR,
111 1.1 skrll MACRO_EXP
112 1.1 skrll };
113 1.1 skrll
114 1.1 skrll struct alpha_macro
115 1.1 skrll {
116 1.1 skrll const char *name;
117 1.1 skrll void (*emit) (const expressionS *, int, const void *);
118 1.1 skrll const void * arg;
119 1.1 skrll enum alpha_macro_arg argsets[16];
120 1.1 skrll };
121 1.1 skrll
122 1.1 skrll /* Extra expression types. */
123 1.1 skrll
124 1.1 skrll #define O_pregister O_md1 /* O_register, in parentheses. */
125 1.1 skrll #define O_cpregister O_md2 /* + a leading comma. */
126 1.1 skrll
127 1.1 skrll /* The alpha_reloc_op table below depends on the ordering of these. */
128 1.1 skrll #define O_literal O_md3 /* !literal relocation. */
129 1.1 skrll #define O_lituse_addr O_md4 /* !lituse_addr relocation. */
130 1.1 skrll #define O_lituse_base O_md5 /* !lituse_base relocation. */
131 1.1 skrll #define O_lituse_bytoff O_md6 /* !lituse_bytoff relocation. */
132 1.1 skrll #define O_lituse_jsr O_md7 /* !lituse_jsr relocation. */
133 1.1 skrll #define O_lituse_tlsgd O_md8 /* !lituse_tlsgd relocation. */
134 1.1 skrll #define O_lituse_tlsldm O_md9 /* !lituse_tlsldm relocation. */
135 1.1 skrll #define O_lituse_jsrdirect O_md10 /* !lituse_jsrdirect relocation. */
136 1.1 skrll #define O_gpdisp O_md11 /* !gpdisp relocation. */
137 1.1 skrll #define O_gprelhigh O_md12 /* !gprelhigh relocation. */
138 1.1 skrll #define O_gprellow O_md13 /* !gprellow relocation. */
139 1.1 skrll #define O_gprel O_md14 /* !gprel relocation. */
140 1.1 skrll #define O_samegp O_md15 /* !samegp relocation. */
141 1.1 skrll #define O_tlsgd O_md16 /* !tlsgd relocation. */
142 1.1 skrll #define O_tlsldm O_md17 /* !tlsldm relocation. */
143 1.1 skrll #define O_gotdtprel O_md18 /* !gotdtprel relocation. */
144 1.1 skrll #define O_dtprelhi O_md19 /* !dtprelhi relocation. */
145 1.1 skrll #define O_dtprello O_md20 /* !dtprello relocation. */
146 1.1 skrll #define O_dtprel O_md21 /* !dtprel relocation. */
147 1.1 skrll #define O_gottprel O_md22 /* !gottprel relocation. */
148 1.1 skrll #define O_tprelhi O_md23 /* !tprelhi relocation. */
149 1.1 skrll #define O_tprello O_md24 /* !tprello relocation. */
150 1.1 skrll #define O_tprel O_md25 /* !tprel relocation. */
151 1.1 skrll
152 1.1 skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 1)
153 1.1 skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 2)
154 1.1 skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 3)
155 1.1 skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 4)
156 1.1 skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 5)
157 1.1 skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 6)
158 1.1 skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 7)
159 1.1 skrll
160 1.1 skrll #define USER_RELOC_P(R) ((R) >= O_literal && (R) <= O_tprel)
161 1.1 skrll
162 1.1 skrll /* Macros for extracting the type and number of encoded register tokens. */
163 1.1 skrll
164 1.1 skrll #define is_ir_num(x) (((x) & 32) == 0)
165 1.1 skrll #define is_fpr_num(x) (((x) & 32) != 0)
166 1.1 skrll #define regno(x) ((x) & 31)
167 1.1 skrll
168 1.1 skrll /* Something odd inherited from the old assembler. */
169 1.1 skrll
170 1.1 skrll #define note_gpreg(R) (alpha_gprmask |= (1 << (R)))
171 1.1 skrll #define note_fpreg(R) (alpha_fprmask |= (1 << (R)))
172 1.1 skrll
173 1.1 skrll /* Predicates for 16- and 32-bit ranges */
174 1.1 skrll /* XXX: The non-shift version appears to trigger a compiler bug when
175 1.1 skrll cross-assembling from x86 w/ gcc 2.7.2. */
176 1.1 skrll
177 1.1 skrll #if 1
178 1.1 skrll #define range_signed_16(x) \
179 1.1 skrll (((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == -1)
180 1.1 skrll #define range_signed_32(x) \
181 1.1 skrll (((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == -1)
182 1.1 skrll #else
183 1.1 skrll #define range_signed_16(x) ((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x8000 && \
184 1.1 skrll (offsetT) (x) <= (offsetT) 0x7FFF)
185 1.1 skrll #define range_signed_32(x) ((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x80000000 && \
186 1.1 skrll (offsetT) (x) <= (offsetT) 0x7FFFFFFF)
187 1.1 skrll #endif
188 1.1 skrll
189 1.1 skrll /* Macros for sign extending from 16- and 32-bits. */
190 1.1 skrll /* XXX: The cast macros will work on all the systems that I care about,
191 1.1 skrll but really a predicate should be found to use the non-cast forms. */
192 1.1 skrll
193 1.1 skrll #if 1
194 1.1 skrll #define sign_extend_16(x) ((short) (x))
195 1.1 skrll #define sign_extend_32(x) ((int) (x))
196 1.1 skrll #else
197 1.1 skrll #define sign_extend_16(x) ((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFF) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000)
198 1.1 skrll #define sign_extend_32(x) ((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFFFFFF) \
199 1.1 skrll ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000)
200 1.1 skrll #endif
201 1.1 skrll
202 1.1 skrll /* Macros to build tokens. */
203 1.1 skrll
204 1.1 skrll #define set_tok_reg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
205 1.1 skrll (t).X_op = O_register, \
206 1.1 skrll (t).X_add_number = (r))
207 1.1 skrll #define set_tok_preg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
208 1.1 skrll (t).X_op = O_pregister, \
209 1.1 skrll (t).X_add_number = (r))
210 1.1 skrll #define set_tok_cpreg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
211 1.1 skrll (t).X_op = O_cpregister, \
212 1.1 skrll (t).X_add_number = (r))
213 1.1 skrll #define set_tok_freg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
214 1.1 skrll (t).X_op = O_register, \
215 1.1 skrll (t).X_add_number = (r) + 32)
216 1.1 skrll #define set_tok_sym(t, s, a) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
217 1.1 skrll (t).X_op = O_symbol, \
218 1.1 skrll (t).X_add_symbol = (s), \
219 1.1 skrll (t).X_add_number = (a))
220 1.1 skrll #define set_tok_const(t, n) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
221 1.1 skrll (t).X_op = O_constant, \
222 1.1 skrll (t).X_add_number = (n))
223 1.1 skrll
224 1.1 skrll /* Generic assembler global variables which must be defined by all
226 1.1 skrll targets. */
227 1.1 skrll
228 1.1 skrll /* Characters which always start a comment. */
229 1.1 skrll const char comment_chars[] = "#";
230 1.1 skrll
231 1.1 skrll /* Characters which start a comment at the beginning of a line. */
232 1.1 skrll const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
233 1.1 skrll
234 1.1 skrll /* Characters which may be used to separate multiple commands on a
235 1.1 skrll single line. */
236 1.1 skrll const char line_separator_chars[] = ";";
237 1.1 skrll
238 1.1 skrll /* Characters which are used to indicate an exponent in a floating
239 1.1 skrll point number. */
240 1.1 skrll const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
241 1.1 skrll
242 1.1 skrll /* Characters which mean that a number is a floating point constant,
243 1.6 christos as in 0d1.0. */
244 1.1 skrll /* XXX: Do all of these really get used on the alpha?? */
245 1.1 skrll const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
246 1.1 skrll
247 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
248 1.1 skrll const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:g+1h:HG:";
249 1.1 skrll #else
250 1.1 skrll const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:gG:";
251 1.1 skrll #endif
252 1.1 skrll
253 1.1 skrll struct option md_longopts[] =
254 1.1 skrll {
255 1.1 skrll #define OPTION_32ADDR (OPTION_MD_BASE)
256 1.1 skrll { "32addr", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_32ADDR },
257 1.1 skrll #define OPTION_RELAX (OPTION_32ADDR + 1)
258 1.1 skrll { "relax", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RELAX },
259 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
260 1.1 skrll #define OPTION_MDEBUG (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
261 1.1 skrll #define OPTION_NO_MDEBUG (OPTION_MDEBUG + 1)
262 1.1 skrll { "mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MDEBUG },
263 1.3 christos { "no-mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_MDEBUG },
264 1.3 christos #endif
265 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
266 1.3 christos #define OPTION_REPLACE (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
267 1.5 christos #define OPTION_NOREPLACE (OPTION_REPLACE+1)
268 1.3 christos { "replace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_REPLACE },
269 1.1 skrll { "noreplace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NOREPLACE },
270 1.1 skrll #endif
271 1.1 skrll { NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0 }
272 1.1 skrll };
273 1.1 skrll
274 1.1 skrll size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
275 1.1 skrll
276 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
278 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_R0 0
279 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_R16 16
280 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_R17 17
281 1.1 skrll #undef AXP_REG_T9
282 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_T9 22
283 1.1 skrll #undef AXP_REG_T10
284 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_T10 23
285 1.1 skrll #undef AXP_REG_T11
286 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_T11 24
287 1.1 skrll #undef AXP_REG_T12
288 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_T12 25
289 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_AI 25
290 1.1 skrll #undef AXP_REG_FP
291 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_FP 29
292 1.3 christos
293 1.1 skrll #undef AXP_REG_GP
294 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_GP AXP_REG_PV
295 1.1 skrll
296 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
297 1.1 skrll
298 1.1 skrll /* The cpu for which we are generating code. */
299 1.1 skrll static unsigned alpha_target = AXP_OPCODE_BASE;
300 1.9 christos static const char *alpha_target_name = "<all>";
301 1.1 skrll
302 1.1 skrll /* The hash table of instruction opcodes. */
303 1.9 christos static htab_t alpha_opcode_hash;
304 1.1 skrll
305 1.1 skrll /* The hash table of macro opcodes. */
306 1.1 skrll static htab_t alpha_macro_hash;
307 1.1 skrll
308 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
309 1.1 skrll /* The $gp relocation symbol. */
310 1.1 skrll static symbolS *alpha_gp_symbol;
311 1.1 skrll
312 1.1 skrll /* XXX: what is this, and why is it exported? */
313 1.1 skrll valueT alpha_gp_value;
314 1.1 skrll #endif
315 1.1 skrll
316 1.1 skrll /* The current $gp register. */
317 1.1 skrll static int alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
318 1.1 skrll
319 1.1 skrll /* A table of the register symbols. */
320 1.1 skrll static symbolS *alpha_register_table[64];
321 1.1 skrll
322 1.1 skrll /* Constant sections, or sections of constants. */
323 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
324 1.3 christos static segT alpha_lita_section;
325 1.1 skrll #endif
326 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
327 1.1 skrll segT alpha_link_section;
328 1.3 christos #endif
329 1.1 skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
330 1.1 skrll static segT alpha_lit8_section;
331 1.1 skrll #endif
332 1.1 skrll
333 1.1 skrll /* Symbols referring to said sections. */
334 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
335 1.1 skrll static symbolS *alpha_lita_symbol;
336 1.1 skrll #endif
337 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
338 1.1 skrll static symbolS *alpha_link_symbol;
339 1.3 christos #endif
340 1.1 skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
341 1.1 skrll static symbolS *alpha_lit8_symbol;
342 1.1 skrll #endif
343 1.1 skrll
344 1.1 skrll /* Literal for .litX+0x8000 within .lita. */
345 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
346 1.1 skrll static offsetT alpha_lit8_literal;
347 1.1 skrll #endif
348 1.1 skrll
349 1.1 skrll /* Is the assembler not allowed to use $at? */
350 1.1 skrll static int alpha_noat_on = 0;
351 1.1 skrll
352 1.1 skrll /* Are macros enabled? */
353 1.1 skrll static int alpha_macros_on = 1;
354 1.1 skrll
355 1.1 skrll /* Are floats disabled? */
356 1.1 skrll static int alpha_nofloats_on = 0;
357 1.1 skrll
358 1.1 skrll /* Are addresses 32 bit? */
359 1.1 skrll static int alpha_addr32_on = 0;
360 1.1 skrll
361 1.1 skrll /* Symbol labelling the current insn. When the Alpha gas sees
362 1.1 skrll foo:
363 1.1 skrll .quad 0
364 1.3 christos and the section happens to not be on an eight byte boundary, it
365 1.3 christos will align both the symbol and the .quad to an eight byte boundary. */
366 1.3 christos static symbolS *alpha_insn_label;
367 1.3 christos #if defined(OBJ_ELF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
368 1.3 christos static symbolS *alpha_prologue_label;
369 1.3 christos #endif
370 1.3 christos
371 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
372 1.1 skrll /* Symbol associate with the current jsr instruction. */
373 1.1 skrll static symbolS *alpha_linkage_symbol;
374 1.1 skrll #endif
375 1.1 skrll
376 1.1 skrll /* Whether we should automatically align data generation pseudo-ops.
377 1.1 skrll .align 0 will turn this off. */
378 1.1 skrll static int alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
379 1.1 skrll
380 1.1 skrll /* The known current alignment of the current section. */
381 1.1 skrll static int alpha_current_align;
382 1.1 skrll
383 1.1 skrll /* These are exported to ECOFF code. */
384 1.1 skrll unsigned long alpha_gprmask, alpha_fprmask;
385 1.1 skrll
386 1.1 skrll /* Whether the debugging option was seen. */
387 1.1 skrll static int alpha_debug;
388 1.1 skrll
389 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
390 1.1 skrll /* Whether we are emitting an mdebug section. */
391 1.3 christos int alpha_flag_mdebug = -1;
392 1.3 christos #endif
393 1.3 christos
394 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
395 1.3 christos /* Whether to perform the VMS procedure call optimization. */
396 1.1 skrll int alpha_flag_replace = 1;
397 1.1 skrll #endif
398 1.1 skrll
399 1.1 skrll /* Don't fully resolve relocations, allowing code movement in the linker. */
400 1.1 skrll static int alpha_flag_relax;
401 1.1 skrll
402 1.1 skrll /* What value to give to bfd_set_gp_size. */
403 1.1 skrll static int g_switch_value = 8;
404 1.3 christos
405 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
406 1.1 skrll /* Collect information about current procedure here. */
407 1.1 skrll struct alpha_evax_procs
408 1.1 skrll {
409 1.1 skrll symbolS *symbol; /* Proc pdesc symbol. */
410 1.1 skrll int pdsckind;
411 1.1 skrll int framereg; /* Register for frame pointer. */
412 1.1 skrll int framesize; /* Size of frame. */
413 1.1 skrll int rsa_offset;
414 1.1 skrll int ra_save;
415 1.1 skrll int fp_save;
416 1.1 skrll long imask;
417 1.3 christos long fmask;
418 1.3 christos int type;
419 1.3 christos int prologue;
420 1.3 christos symbolS *handler;
421 1.3 christos int handler_data;
422 1.3 christos };
423 1.3 christos
424 1.3 christos /* Linked list of .linkage fixups. */
425 1.3 christos struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_root;
426 1.3 christos static struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_tail;
427 1.4 christos
428 1.1 skrll /* Current procedure descriptor. */
429 1.1 skrll static struct alpha_evax_procs *alpha_evax_proc;
430 1.1 skrll static struct alpha_evax_procs alpha_evax_proc_data;
431 1.1 skrll
432 1.1 skrll static int alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 0; /* -+ */
433 1.1 skrll static int alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 0; /* -H */
434 1.1 skrll
435 1.1 skrll /* If the -+ switch is given, then a hash is appended to any name that is
436 1.1 skrll longer than 64 characters, else longer symbol names are truncated. */
437 1.1 skrll
438 1.1 skrll #endif
439 1.1 skrll
440 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
442 1.1 skrll /* A table to map the spelling of a relocation operand into an appropriate
443 1.1 skrll bfd_reloc_code_real_type type. The table is assumed to be ordered such
444 1.1 skrll that op-O_literal indexes into it. */
445 1.1 skrll
446 1.1 skrll #define ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE(op) \
447 1.1 skrll (&alpha_reloc_op[ ((!USER_RELOC_P (op)) \
448 1.1 skrll ? (abort (), 0) \
449 1.1 skrll : (int) (op) - (int) O_literal) ])
450 1.1 skrll
451 1.1 skrll #define DEF(NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW) \
452 1.1 skrll { #NAME, sizeof(#NAME)-1, O_##NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW}
453 1.1 skrll
454 1.1 skrll static const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag
455 1.3 christos {
456 1.1 skrll const char *name; /* String to lookup. */
457 1.1 skrll size_t length; /* Size of the string. */
458 1.1 skrll operatorT op; /* Which operator to use. */
459 1.1 skrll extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
460 1.1 skrll unsigned int require_seq : 1; /* Require a sequence number. */
461 1.1 skrll unsigned int allow_seq : 1; /* Allow a sequence number. */
462 1.1 skrll }
463 1.1 skrll alpha_reloc_op[] =
464 1.1 skrll {
465 1.1 skrll DEF (literal, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL, 0, 1),
466 1.1 skrll DEF (lituse_addr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR, 1, 1),
467 1.1 skrll DEF (lituse_base, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE, 1, 1),
468 1.1 skrll DEF (lituse_bytoff, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF, 1, 1),
469 1.1 skrll DEF (lituse_jsr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR, 1, 1),
470 1.1 skrll DEF (lituse_tlsgd, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD, 1, 1),
471 1.1 skrll DEF (lituse_tlsldm, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM, 1, 1),
472 1.1 skrll DEF (lituse_jsrdirect, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT, 1, 1),
473 1.1 skrll DEF (gpdisp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP, 1, 1),
474 1.1 skrll DEF (gprelhigh, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
475 1.1 skrll DEF (gprellow, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
476 1.1 skrll DEF (gprel, BFD_RELOC_GPREL16, 0, 0),
477 1.1 skrll DEF (samegp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP, 0, 0),
478 1.1 skrll DEF (tlsgd, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD, 0, 1),
479 1.1 skrll DEF (tlsldm, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM, 0, 1),
480 1.1 skrll DEF (gotdtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16, 0, 0),
481 1.1 skrll DEF (dtprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
482 1.1 skrll DEF (dtprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
483 1.1 skrll DEF (dtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16, 0, 0),
484 1.1 skrll DEF (gottprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16, 0, 0),
485 1.1 skrll DEF (tprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
486 1.1 skrll DEF (tprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
487 1.1 skrll DEF (tprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16, 0, 0),
488 1.1 skrll };
489 1.1 skrll
490 1.1 skrll #undef DEF
491 1.1 skrll
492 1.1 skrll static const int alpha_num_reloc_op
493 1.1 skrll = sizeof (alpha_reloc_op) / sizeof (*alpha_reloc_op);
494 1.1 skrll #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
495 1.1 skrll
496 1.1 skrll /* Maximum # digits needed to hold the largest sequence #. */
497 1.1 skrll #define ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS 25
498 1.1 skrll
499 1.3 christos /* Structure to hold explicit sequence information. */
500 1.3 christos struct alpha_reloc_tag
501 1.3 christos {
502 1.3 christos fixS *master; /* The literal reloc. */
503 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
504 1.1 skrll struct symbol *sym; /* Linkage section item symbol. */
505 1.1 skrll struct symbol *psym; /* Pdesc symbol. */
506 1.1 skrll #endif
507 1.1 skrll fixS *slaves; /* Head of linked list of lituses. */
508 1.1 skrll segT segment; /* Segment relocs are in or undefined_section. */
509 1.1 skrll long sequence; /* Sequence #. */
510 1.1 skrll unsigned n_master; /* # of literals. */
511 1.1 skrll unsigned n_slaves; /* # of lituses. */
512 1.1 skrll unsigned saw_tlsgd : 1; /* True if ... */
513 1.1 skrll unsigned saw_tlsldm : 1;
514 1.1 skrll unsigned saw_lu_tlsgd : 1;
515 1.1 skrll unsigned saw_lu_tlsldm : 1;
516 1.1 skrll unsigned multi_section_p : 1; /* True if more than one section was used. */
517 1.9 christos char string[1]; /* Printable form of sequence to hash with. */
518 1.1 skrll };
519 1.1 skrll
520 1.1 skrll /* Hash table to link up literals with the appropriate lituse. */
521 1.1 skrll static htab_t alpha_literal_hash;
522 1.1 skrll
523 1.1 skrll /* Sequence numbers for internal use by macros. */
524 1.1 skrll static long next_sequence_num = -1;
525 1.1 skrll
526 1.1 skrll /* A table of CPU names and opcode sets. */
528 1.1 skrll
529 1.1 skrll static const struct cpu_type
530 1.1 skrll {
531 1.1 skrll const char *name;
532 1.1 skrll unsigned flags;
533 1.1 skrll }
534 1.1 skrll cpu_types[] =
535 1.1 skrll {
536 1.1 skrll /* Ad hoc convention: cpu number gets palcode, process code doesn't.
537 1.1 skrll This supports usage under DU 4.0b that does ".arch ev4", and
538 1.1 skrll usage in MILO that does -m21064. Probably something more
539 1.1 skrll specific like -m21064-pal should be used, but oh well. */
540 1.1 skrll
541 1.1 skrll { "21064", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
542 1.1 skrll { "21064a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
543 1.1 skrll { "21066", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
544 1.1 skrll { "21068", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
545 1.1 skrll { "21164", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5 },
546 1.1 skrll { "21164a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
547 1.1 skrll { "21164pc", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
548 1.1 skrll |AXP_OPCODE_MAX) },
549 1.1 skrll { "21264", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
550 1.1 skrll |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
551 1.1 skrll { "21264a", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
552 1.1 skrll |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
553 1.1 skrll { "21264b", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
554 1.1 skrll |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
555 1.1 skrll
556 1.1 skrll { "ev4", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
557 1.1 skrll { "ev45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
558 1.1 skrll { "lca45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
559 1.1 skrll { "ev5", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
560 1.1 skrll { "ev56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
561 1.1 skrll { "pca56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX },
562 1.1 skrll { "ev6", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
563 1.1 skrll { "ev67", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
564 1.1 skrll { "ev68", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
565 1.1 skrll
566 1.1 skrll { "all", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
567 1.1 skrll { 0, 0 }
568 1.1 skrll };
569 1.1 skrll
570 1.1 skrll /* Some instruction sets indexed by lg(size). */
571 1.1 skrll static const char * const sextX_op[] = { "sextb", "sextw", "sextl", NULL };
572 1.1 skrll static const char * const insXl_op[] = { "insbl", "inswl", "insll", "insql" };
573 1.1 skrll static const char * const insXh_op[] = { NULL, "inswh", "inslh", "insqh" };
574 1.1 skrll static const char * const extXl_op[] = { "extbl", "extwl", "extll", "extql" };
575 1.1 skrll static const char * const extXh_op[] = { NULL, "extwh", "extlh", "extqh" };
576 1.3 christos static const char * const mskXl_op[] = { "mskbl", "mskwl", "mskll", "mskql" };
577 1.1 skrll static const char * const mskXh_op[] = { NULL, "mskwh", "msklh", "mskqh" };
578 1.1 skrll static const char * const stX_op[] = { "stb", "stw", "stl", "stq" };
579 1.3 christos static const char * const ldXu_op[] = { "ldbu", "ldwu", NULL, NULL };
580 1.6 christos
581 1.4 christos static void assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *, const expressionS *, int, struct alpha_insn *, extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type);
582 1.3 christos static void emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *);
583 1.1 skrll static void assemble_tokens (const char *, const expressionS *, int, int);
584 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
585 1.1 skrll static const char *s_alpha_section_name (void);
586 1.1 skrll static symbolS *add_to_link_pool (symbolS *, offsetT);
587 1.1 skrll #endif
588 1.1 skrll
589 1.1 skrll static struct alpha_reloc_tag *
591 1.1 skrll get_alpha_reloc_tag (long sequence)
592 1.9 christos {
593 1.1 skrll char buffer[ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS];
594 1.1 skrll struct alpha_reloc_tag *info;
595 1.1 skrll
596 1.1 skrll sprintf (buffer, "!%ld", sequence);
597 1.3 christos
598 1.3 christos info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *) str_hash_find (alpha_literal_hash, buffer);
599 1.1 skrll if (! info)
600 1.1 skrll {
601 1.1 skrll size_t len = strlen (buffer);
602 1.1 skrll
603 1.9 christos info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *)
604 1.3 christos xcalloc (sizeof (struct alpha_reloc_tag) + len, 1);
605 1.3 christos
606 1.3 christos info->segment = now_seg;
607 1.3 christos info->sequence = sequence;
608 1.1 skrll strcpy (info->string, buffer);
609 1.1 skrll str_hash_insert (alpha_literal_hash, info->string, info, 0);
610 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
611 1.1 skrll info->sym = 0;
612 1.1 skrll info->psym = 0;
613 1.3 christos #endif
614 1.3 christos }
615 1.1 skrll
616 1.1 skrll return info;
617 1.1 skrll }
618 1.1 skrll
619 1.1 skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
620 1.1 skrll
621 1.1 skrll static void
622 1.1 skrll alpha_adjust_relocs (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
623 1.1 skrll asection *sec,
624 1.1 skrll void * ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
625 1.1 skrll {
626 1.1 skrll segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (sec);
627 1.1 skrll fixS **prevP;
628 1.1 skrll fixS *fixp;
629 1.1 skrll fixS *next;
630 1.1 skrll fixS *slave;
631 1.1 skrll
632 1.1 skrll /* If seginfo is NULL, we did not create this section; don't do
633 1.1 skrll anything with it. By using a pointer to a pointer, we can update
634 1.1 skrll the links in place. */
635 1.1 skrll if (seginfo == NULL)
636 1.1 skrll return;
637 1.1 skrll
638 1.1 skrll /* If there are no relocations, skip the section. */
639 1.1 skrll if (! seginfo->fix_root)
640 1.1 skrll return;
641 1.1 skrll
642 1.1 skrll /* First rebuild the fixup chain without the explicit lituse and
643 1.1 skrll gpdisp_lo16 relocs. */
644 1.1 skrll prevP = &seginfo->fix_root;
645 1.1 skrll for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
646 1.1 skrll {
647 1.1 skrll next = fixp->fx_next;
648 1.1 skrll fixp->fx_next = (fixS *) 0;
649 1.1 skrll
650 1.1 skrll switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
651 1.1 skrll {
652 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
653 1.1 skrll if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
654 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
655 1.1 skrll _("No !literal!%ld was found"),
656 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
657 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
658 1.1 skrll if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD)
659 1.1 skrll {
660 1.1 skrll if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd)
661 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
662 1.1 skrll _("No !tlsgd!%ld was found"),
663 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
664 1.1 skrll }
665 1.1 skrll else if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM)
666 1.1 skrll {
667 1.1 skrll if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm)
668 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
669 1.1 skrll _("No !tlsldm!%ld was found"),
670 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
671 1.1 skrll }
672 1.1 skrll #endif
673 1.1 skrll break;
674 1.1 skrll
675 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
676 1.1 skrll if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
677 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
678 1.1 skrll _("No ldah !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
679 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
680 1.1 skrll break;
681 1.1 skrll
682 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
683 1.1 skrll if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
684 1.1 skrll && (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd
685 1.1 skrll || fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm))
686 1.1 skrll break;
687 1.1 skrll /* FALLTHRU */
688 1.1 skrll
689 1.1 skrll default:
690 1.1 skrll *prevP = fixp;
691 1.1 skrll prevP = &fixp->fx_next;
692 1.1 skrll break;
693 1.1 skrll }
694 1.1 skrll }
695 1.1 skrll
696 1.1 skrll /* Go back and re-chain dependent relocations. They are currently
697 1.1 skrll linked through the next_reloc field in reverse order, so as we
698 1.1 skrll go through the next_reloc chain, we effectively reverse the chain
699 1.1 skrll once again.
700 1.1 skrll
701 1.1 skrll Except if there is more than one !literal for a given sequence
702 1.1 skrll number. In that case, the programmer and/or compiler is not sure
703 1.1 skrll how control flows from literal to lituse, and we can't be sure to
704 1.1 skrll get the relaxation correct.
705 1.7 christos
706 1.1 skrll ??? Well, actually we could, if there are enough lituses such that
707 1.1 skrll we can make each literal have at least one of each lituse type
708 1.1 skrll present. Not implemented.
709 1.1 skrll
710 1.1 skrll Also suppress the optimization if the !literals/!lituses are spread
711 1.1 skrll in different segments. This can happen with "interesting" uses of
712 1.1 skrll inline assembly; examples are present in the Linux kernel semaphores. */
713 1.1 skrll
714 1.1 skrll for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
715 1.1 skrll {
716 1.1 skrll next = fixp->fx_next;
717 1.1 skrll switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
718 1.1 skrll {
719 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
720 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
721 1.1 skrll if (!fixp->tc_fix_data.info)
722 1.1 skrll break;
723 1.1 skrll if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
724 1.1 skrll break;
725 1.1 skrll else if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master > 1)
726 1.1 skrll {
727 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
728 1.1 skrll _("too many !literal!%ld for %s"),
729 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence,
730 1.1 skrll (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD
731 1.1 skrll ? "!tlsgd" : "!tlsldm"));
732 1.1 skrll break;
733 1.1 skrll }
734 1.1 skrll
735 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
736 1.1 skrll fixp->fx_next = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master;
737 1.1 skrll fixp = fixp->fx_next;
738 1.1 skrll /* Fall through. */
739 1.1 skrll
740 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
741 1.1 skrll if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
742 1.1 skrll && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 1
743 1.1 skrll && ! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->multi_section_p)
744 1.1 skrll {
745 1.1 skrll for (slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
746 1.1 skrll slave != (fixS *) 0;
747 1.1 skrll slave = slave->tc_fix_data.next_reloc)
748 1.1 skrll {
749 1.1 skrll slave->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
750 1.1 skrll fixp->fx_next = slave;
751 1.1 skrll }
752 1.1 skrll }
753 1.1 skrll break;
754 1.1 skrll
755 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
756 1.1 skrll if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_slaves == 0)
757 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
758 1.1 skrll _("No lda !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
759 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
760 1.1 skrll else
761 1.1 skrll {
762 1.1 skrll slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
763 1.1 skrll slave->fx_next = next;
764 1.1 skrll fixp->fx_next = slave;
765 1.1 skrll }
766 1.1 skrll break;
767 1.1 skrll
768 1.1 skrll default:
769 1.1 skrll break;
770 1.1 skrll }
771 1.1 skrll }
772 1.1 skrll }
773 1.1 skrll
774 1.1 skrll /* Before the relocations are written, reorder them, so that user
775 1.1 skrll supplied !lituse relocations follow the appropriate !literal
776 1.1 skrll relocations, and similarly for !gpdisp relocations. */
777 1.1 skrll
778 1.3 christos void
779 1.3 christos alpha_before_fix (void)
780 1.1 skrll {
781 1.1 skrll if (alpha_literal_hash)
782 1.1 skrll bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, alpha_adjust_relocs, NULL);
783 1.1 skrll }
784 1.1 skrll
785 1.1 skrll #endif
786 1.1 skrll
787 1.1 skrll #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
789 1.1 skrll static void
790 1.1 skrll debug_exp (expressionS tok[], int ntok)
791 1.1 skrll {
792 1.1 skrll int i;
793 1.1 skrll
794 1.1 skrll fprintf (stderr, "debug_exp: %d tokens", ntok);
795 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < ntok; i++)
796 1.1 skrll {
797 1.1 skrll expressionS *t = &tok[i];
798 1.1 skrll const char *name;
799 1.1 skrll
800 1.1 skrll switch (t->X_op)
801 1.1 skrll {
802 1.1 skrll default: name = "unknown"; break;
803 1.1 skrll case O_illegal: name = "O_illegal"; break;
804 1.1 skrll case O_absent: name = "O_absent"; break;
805 1.1 skrll case O_constant: name = "O_constant"; break;
806 1.1 skrll case O_symbol: name = "O_symbol"; break;
807 1.1 skrll case O_symbol_rva: name = "O_symbol_rva"; break;
808 1.1 skrll case O_register: name = "O_register"; break;
809 1.1 skrll case O_big: name = "O_big"; break;
810 1.1 skrll case O_uminus: name = "O_uminus"; break;
811 1.1 skrll case O_bit_not: name = "O_bit_not"; break;
812 1.1 skrll case O_logical_not: name = "O_logical_not"; break;
813 1.1 skrll case O_multiply: name = "O_multiply"; break;
814 1.1 skrll case O_divide: name = "O_divide"; break;
815 1.1 skrll case O_modulus: name = "O_modulus"; break;
816 1.1 skrll case O_left_shift: name = "O_left_shift"; break;
817 1.1 skrll case O_right_shift: name = "O_right_shift"; break;
818 1.1 skrll case O_bit_inclusive_or: name = "O_bit_inclusive_or"; break;
819 1.1 skrll case O_bit_or_not: name = "O_bit_or_not"; break;
820 1.1 skrll case O_bit_exclusive_or: name = "O_bit_exclusive_or"; break;
821 1.1 skrll case O_bit_and: name = "O_bit_and"; break;
822 1.1 skrll case O_add: name = "O_add"; break;
823 1.1 skrll case O_subtract: name = "O_subtract"; break;
824 1.1 skrll case O_eq: name = "O_eq"; break;
825 1.1 skrll case O_ne: name = "O_ne"; break;
826 1.1 skrll case O_lt: name = "O_lt"; break;
827 1.1 skrll case O_le: name = "O_le"; break;
828 1.1 skrll case O_ge: name = "O_ge"; break;
829 1.1 skrll case O_gt: name = "O_gt"; break;
830 1.1 skrll case O_logical_and: name = "O_logical_and"; break;
831 1.1 skrll case O_logical_or: name = "O_logical_or"; break;
832 1.1 skrll case O_index: name = "O_index"; break;
833 1.1 skrll case O_pregister: name = "O_pregister"; break;
834 1.1 skrll case O_cpregister: name = "O_cpregister"; break;
835 1.1 skrll case O_literal: name = "O_literal"; break;
836 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_addr: name = "O_lituse_addr"; break;
837 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_base: name = "O_lituse_base"; break;
838 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_bytoff: name = "O_lituse_bytoff"; break;
839 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_jsr: name = "O_lituse_jsr"; break;
840 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_tlsgd: name = "O_lituse_tlsgd"; break;
841 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_tlsldm: name = "O_lituse_tlsldm"; break;
842 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_jsrdirect: name = "O_lituse_jsrdirect"; break;
843 1.1 skrll case O_gpdisp: name = "O_gpdisp"; break;
844 1.1 skrll case O_gprelhigh: name = "O_gprelhigh"; break;
845 1.1 skrll case O_gprellow: name = "O_gprellow"; break;
846 1.1 skrll case O_gprel: name = "O_gprel"; break;
847 1.1 skrll case O_samegp: name = "O_samegp"; break;
848 1.1 skrll case O_tlsgd: name = "O_tlsgd"; break;
849 1.1 skrll case O_tlsldm: name = "O_tlsldm"; break;
850 1.1 skrll case O_gotdtprel: name = "O_gotdtprel"; break;
851 1.1 skrll case O_dtprelhi: name = "O_dtprelhi"; break;
852 1.1 skrll case O_dtprello: name = "O_dtprello"; break;
853 1.1 skrll case O_dtprel: name = "O_dtprel"; break;
854 1.1 skrll case O_gottprel: name = "O_gottprel"; break;
855 1.1 skrll case O_tprelhi: name = "O_tprelhi"; break;
856 1.1 skrll case O_tprello: name = "O_tprello"; break;
857 1.1 skrll case O_tprel: name = "O_tprel"; break;
858 1.1 skrll }
859 1.1 skrll
860 1.1 skrll fprintf (stderr, ", %s(%s, %s, %d)", name,
861 1.1 skrll (t->X_add_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_add_symbol) : "--",
862 1.1 skrll (t->X_op_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_op_symbol) : "--",
863 1.1 skrll (int) t->X_add_number);
864 1.1 skrll }
865 1.1 skrll fprintf (stderr, "\n");
866 1.1 skrll fflush (stderr);
867 1.1 skrll }
868 1.1 skrll #endif
869 1.1 skrll
870 1.1 skrll /* Parse the arguments to an opcode. */
871 1.1 skrll
872 1.1 skrll static int
873 1.1 skrll tokenize_arguments (char *str,
874 1.1 skrll expressionS tok[],
875 1.1 skrll int ntok)
876 1.1 skrll {
877 1.1 skrll expressionS *end_tok = tok + ntok;
878 1.1 skrll char *old_input_line_pointer;
879 1.1 skrll int saw_comma = 0, saw_arg = 0;
880 1.1 skrll #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
881 1.1 skrll expressionS *orig_tok = tok;
882 1.1 skrll #endif
883 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
884 1.1 skrll char *p;
885 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag *r;
886 1.1 skrll int c, i;
887 1.1 skrll size_t len;
888 1.1 skrll int reloc_found_p = 0;
889 1.1 skrll #endif
890 1.1 skrll
891 1.1 skrll memset (tok, 0, sizeof (*tok) * ntok);
892 1.1 skrll
893 1.1 skrll /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function. */
894 1.1 skrll old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
895 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = str;
896 1.1 skrll
897 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
898 1.1 skrll /* ??? Wrest control of ! away from the regular expression parser. */
899 1.1 skrll is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 1;
900 1.1 skrll #endif
901 1.1 skrll
902 1.1 skrll while (tok < end_tok && *input_line_pointer)
903 1.1 skrll {
904 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
905 1.1 skrll switch (*input_line_pointer)
906 1.1 skrll {
907 1.1 skrll case '\0':
908 1.1 skrll goto fini;
909 1.1 skrll
910 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
911 1.1 skrll case '!':
912 1.1 skrll /* A relocation operand can be placed after the normal operand on an
913 1.1 skrll assembly language statement, and has the following form:
914 1.1 skrll !relocation_type!sequence_number. */
915 1.1 skrll if (reloc_found_p)
916 1.1 skrll {
917 1.1 skrll /* Only support one relocation op per insn. */
918 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("More than one relocation op per insn"));
919 1.1 skrll goto err_report;
920 1.5 christos }
921 1.1 skrll
922 1.1 skrll if (!saw_arg)
923 1.1 skrll goto err;
924 1.1 skrll
925 1.1 skrll ++input_line_pointer;
926 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
927 1.1 skrll c = get_symbol_name (&p);
928 1.1 skrll
929 1.1 skrll /* Parse !relocation_type. */
930 1.1 skrll len = input_line_pointer - p;
931 1.1 skrll if (len == 0)
932 1.1 skrll {
933 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("No relocation operand"));
934 1.1 skrll goto err_report;
935 1.1 skrll }
936 1.1 skrll
937 1.1 skrll r = &alpha_reloc_op[0];
938 1.1 skrll for (i = alpha_num_reloc_op - 1; i >= 0; i--, r++)
939 1.1 skrll if (len == r->length && memcmp (p, r->name, len) == 0)
940 1.1 skrll break;
941 1.5 christos if (i < 0)
942 1.1 skrll {
943 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("Unknown relocation operand: !%s"), p);
944 1.1 skrll goto err_report;
945 1.1 skrll }
946 1.1 skrll
947 1.1 skrll *input_line_pointer = c;
948 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
949 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer != '!')
950 1.1 skrll {
951 1.1 skrll if (r->require_seq)
952 1.1 skrll {
953 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("no sequence number after !%s"), p);
954 1.1 skrll goto err_report;
955 1.1 skrll }
956 1.1 skrll
957 1.1 skrll tok->X_add_number = 0;
958 1.1 skrll }
959 1.1 skrll else
960 1.1 skrll {
961 1.1 skrll if (! r->allow_seq)
962 1.1 skrll {
963 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("!%s does not use a sequence number"), p);
964 1.1 skrll goto err_report;
965 1.1 skrll }
966 1.1 skrll
967 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
968 1.1 skrll
969 1.1 skrll /* Parse !sequence_number. */
970 1.1 skrll expression (tok);
971 1.1 skrll if (tok->X_op != O_constant || tok->X_add_number <= 0)
972 1.1 skrll {
973 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("Bad sequence number: !%s!%s"),
974 1.1 skrll r->name, input_line_pointer);
975 1.1 skrll goto err_report;
976 1.1 skrll }
977 1.1 skrll }
978 1.1 skrll
979 1.1 skrll tok->X_op = r->op;
980 1.1 skrll reloc_found_p = 1;
981 1.1 skrll ++tok;
982 1.1 skrll break;
983 1.1 skrll #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
984 1.1 skrll
985 1.1 skrll case ',':
986 1.1 skrll ++input_line_pointer;
987 1.1 skrll if (saw_comma || !saw_arg)
988 1.1 skrll goto err;
989 1.1 skrll saw_comma = 1;
990 1.1 skrll break;
991 1.1 skrll
992 1.1 skrll case '(':
993 1.1 skrll {
994 1.1 skrll char *hold = input_line_pointer++;
995 1.1 skrll
996 1.1 skrll /* First try for parenthesized register ... */
997 1.1 skrll expression (tok);
998 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer == ')' && tok->X_op == O_register)
999 1.1 skrll {
1000 1.1 skrll tok->X_op = (saw_comma ? O_cpregister : O_pregister);
1001 1.1 skrll saw_comma = 0;
1002 1.1 skrll saw_arg = 1;
1003 1.1 skrll ++input_line_pointer;
1004 1.7 christos ++tok;
1005 1.1 skrll break;
1006 1.1 skrll }
1007 1.1 skrll
1008 1.1 skrll /* ... then fall through to plain expression. */
1009 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = hold;
1010 1.1 skrll }
1011 1.1 skrll /* Fall through. */
1012 1.1 skrll
1013 1.1 skrll default:
1014 1.1 skrll if (saw_arg && !saw_comma)
1015 1.1 skrll goto err;
1016 1.1 skrll
1017 1.1 skrll expression (tok);
1018 1.1 skrll if (tok->X_op == O_illegal || tok->X_op == O_absent)
1019 1.1 skrll goto err;
1020 1.1 skrll
1021 1.9 christos saw_comma = 0;
1022 1.1 skrll saw_arg = 1;
1023 1.1 skrll ++tok;
1024 1.1 skrll break;
1025 1.1 skrll }
1026 1.1 skrll }
1027 1.1 skrll
1028 1.1 skrll fini:
1029 1.1 skrll if (saw_comma)
1030 1.1 skrll goto err;
1031 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1032 1.1 skrll
1033 1.1 skrll #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
1034 1.1 skrll debug_exp (orig_tok, ntok - (end_tok - tok));
1035 1.9 christos #endif
1036 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1037 1.1 skrll is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
1038 1.1 skrll #endif
1039 1.1 skrll
1040 1.1 skrll return ntok - (end_tok - tok);
1041 1.1 skrll
1042 1.1 skrll err:
1043 1.9 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1044 1.1 skrll is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
1045 1.1 skrll #endif
1046 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1047 1.1 skrll return TOKENIZE_ERROR;
1048 1.1 skrll
1049 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1050 1.1 skrll err_report:
1051 1.1 skrll is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
1052 1.1 skrll #endif
1053 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1054 1.1 skrll return TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT;
1055 1.1 skrll }
1056 1.1 skrll
1057 1.1 skrll /* Search forward through all variants of an opcode looking for a
1058 1.1 skrll syntax match. */
1059 1.1 skrll
1060 1.1 skrll static const struct alpha_opcode *
1061 1.1 skrll find_opcode_match (const struct alpha_opcode *first_opcode,
1062 1.1 skrll const expressionS *tok,
1063 1.1 skrll int *pntok,
1064 1.1 skrll int *pcpumatch)
1065 1.1 skrll {
1066 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_opcode *opcode = first_opcode;
1067 1.1 skrll int ntok = *pntok;
1068 1.1 skrll int got_cpu_match = 0;
1069 1.1 skrll
1070 1.1 skrll do
1071 1.1 skrll {
1072 1.1 skrll const unsigned char *opidx;
1073 1.1 skrll int tokidx = 0;
1074 1.1 skrll
1075 1.1 skrll /* Don't match opcodes that don't exist on this architecture. */
1076 1.1 skrll if (!(opcode->flags & alpha_target))
1077 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
1078 1.1 skrll
1079 1.1 skrll got_cpu_match = 1;
1080 1.1 skrll
1081 1.1 skrll for (opidx = opcode->operands; *opidx; ++opidx)
1082 1.1 skrll {
1083 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*opidx];
1084 1.1 skrll
1085 1.1 skrll /* Only take input from real operands. */
1086 1.1 skrll if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
1087 1.1 skrll continue;
1088 1.1 skrll
1089 1.1 skrll /* When we expect input, make sure we have it. */
1090 1.1 skrll if (tokidx >= ntok)
1091 1.1 skrll {
1092 1.1 skrll if ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK) == 0)
1093 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
1094 1.1 skrll continue;
1095 1.1 skrll }
1096 1.1 skrll
1097 1.1 skrll /* Match operand type with expression type. */
1098 1.1 skrll switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_TYPECHECK_MASK)
1099 1.1 skrll {
1100 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_IR:
1101 1.1 skrll if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
1102 1.1 skrll || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1103 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
1104 1.1 skrll break;
1105 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_FPR:
1106 1.1 skrll if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
1107 1.1 skrll || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1108 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
1109 1.1 skrll break;
1110 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS:
1111 1.1 skrll if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
1112 1.1 skrll || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1113 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
1114 1.1 skrll break;
1115 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS | AXP_OPERAND_COMMA:
1116 1.1 skrll if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
1117 1.1 skrll || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1118 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
1119 1.1 skrll break;
1120 1.1 skrll
1121 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE:
1122 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED:
1123 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED:
1124 1.1 skrll switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
1125 1.1 skrll {
1126 1.1 skrll case O_illegal:
1127 1.1 skrll case O_absent:
1128 1.1 skrll case O_register:
1129 1.1 skrll case O_pregister:
1130 1.1 skrll case O_cpregister:
1131 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
1132 1.1 skrll
1133 1.1 skrll default:
1134 1.1 skrll break;
1135 1.1 skrll }
1136 1.1 skrll break;
1137 1.1 skrll
1138 1.1 skrll default:
1139 1.1 skrll /* Everything else should have been fake. */
1140 1.1 skrll abort ();
1141 1.1 skrll }
1142 1.1 skrll ++tokidx;
1143 1.1 skrll }
1144 1.1 skrll
1145 1.1 skrll /* Possible match -- did we use all of our input? */
1146 1.1 skrll if (tokidx == ntok)
1147 1.1 skrll {
1148 1.1 skrll *pntok = ntok;
1149 1.1 skrll return opcode;
1150 1.1 skrll }
1151 1.1 skrll
1152 1.1 skrll match_failed:;
1153 1.1 skrll }
1154 1.1 skrll while (++opcode - alpha_opcodes < (int) alpha_num_opcodes
1155 1.1 skrll && !strcmp (opcode->name, first_opcode->name));
1156 1.1 skrll
1157 1.1 skrll if (*pcpumatch)
1158 1.1 skrll *pcpumatch = got_cpu_match;
1159 1.1 skrll
1160 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1161 1.1 skrll }
1162 1.1 skrll
1163 1.1 skrll /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, assemble
1164 1.1 skrll the insn, but do not emit it.
1165 1.1 skrll
1166 1.1 skrll Note that this implies no macros allowed, since we can't store more
1167 1.1 skrll than one insn in an insn structure. */
1168 1.1 skrll
1169 1.1 skrll static void
1170 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn (const char *opname,
1171 1.9 christos const expressionS *tok,
1172 1.9 christos int ntok,
1173 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn *insn)
1174 1.1 skrll {
1175 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
1176 1.1 skrll
1177 1.1 skrll /* Search opcodes. */
1178 1.1 skrll opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) str_hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash,
1179 1.1 skrll opname);
1180 1.1 skrll if (opcode)
1181 1.1 skrll {
1182 1.1 skrll int cpumatch;
1183 1.1 skrll opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
1184 1.1 skrll if (opcode)
1185 1.1 skrll {
1186 1.1 skrll assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, insn, BFD_RELOC_UNUSED);
1187 1.1 skrll return;
1188 1.1 skrll }
1189 1.1 skrll else if (cpumatch)
1190 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
1191 1.1 skrll else
1192 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
1193 1.1 skrll alpha_target_name);
1194 1.1 skrll }
1195 1.1 skrll else
1196 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
1197 1.1 skrll }
1198 1.1 skrll
1199 1.1 skrll /* Build a BFD section with its flags set appropriately for the .lita,
1200 1.1 skrll .lit8, or .lit4 sections. */
1201 1.1 skrll
1202 1.1 skrll static void
1203 1.1 skrll create_literal_section (const char *name,
1204 1.1 skrll segT *secp,
1205 1.1 skrll symbolS **symp)
1206 1.8 christos {
1207 1.8 christos segT current_section = now_seg;
1208 1.8 christos int current_subsec = now_subseg;
1209 1.1 skrll segT new_sec;
1210 1.1 skrll
1211 1.1 skrll *secp = new_sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
1212 1.1 skrll subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
1213 1.1 skrll bfd_set_section_alignment (new_sec, 4);
1214 1.1 skrll bfd_set_section_flags (new_sec, (SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1215 1.1 skrll | SEC_READONLY | SEC_DATA));
1216 1.1 skrll
1217 1.1 skrll S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (*symp = section_symbol (new_sec));
1218 1.1 skrll }
1219 1.1 skrll
1220 1.1 skrll /* Load a (partial) expression into a target register.
1221 1.1 skrll
1222 1.1 skrll If poffset is not null, after the call it will either contain
1223 1.1 skrll O_constant 0, or a 16-bit offset appropriate for any MEM format
1224 1.1 skrll instruction. In addition, pbasereg will be modified to point to
1225 1.1 skrll the base register to use in that MEM format instruction.
1226 1.1 skrll
1227 1.1 skrll In any case, *pbasereg should contain a base register to add to the
1228 1.1 skrll expression. This will normally be either AXP_REG_ZERO or
1229 1.1 skrll alpha_gp_register. Symbol addresses will always be loaded via $gp,
1230 1.1 skrll so "foo($0)" is interpreted as adding the address of foo to $0;
1231 1.1 skrll i.e. "ldq $targ, LIT($gp); addq $targ, $0, $targ". Odd, perhaps,
1232 1.1 skrll but this is what OSF/1 does.
1233 1.1 skrll
1234 1.1 skrll If explicit relocations of the form !literal!<number> are allowed,
1235 1.1 skrll and used, then explicit_reloc with be an expression pointer.
1236 1.1 skrll
1237 1.1 skrll Finally, the return value is nonzero if the calling macro may emit
1238 1.3 christos a LITUSE reloc if otherwise appropriate; the return value is the
1239 1.3 christos sequence number to use. */
1240 1.1 skrll
1241 1.1 skrll static long
1242 1.1 skrll load_expression (int targreg,
1243 1.1 skrll const expressionS *exp,
1244 1.1 skrll int *pbasereg,
1245 1.1 skrll expressionS *poffset,
1246 1.1 skrll const char *opname)
1247 1.1 skrll {
1248 1.1 skrll long emit_lituse = 0;
1249 1.1 skrll offsetT addend = exp->X_add_number;
1250 1.1 skrll int basereg = *pbasereg;
1251 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
1252 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
1253 1.1 skrll
1254 1.1 skrll switch (exp->X_op)
1255 1.1 skrll {
1256 1.1 skrll case O_symbol:
1257 1.1 skrll {
1258 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1259 1.1 skrll offsetT lit;
1260 1.1 skrll
1261 1.1 skrll /* Attempt to reduce .lit load by splitting the offset from
1262 1.1 skrll its symbol when possible, but don't create a situation in
1263 1.1 skrll which we'd fail. */
1264 1.1 skrll if (!range_signed_32 (addend) &&
1265 1.1 skrll (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT))
1266 1.1 skrll {
1267 1.1 skrll lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, addend,
1268 1.1 skrll alpha_lita_section, 8);
1269 1.1 skrll addend = 0;
1270 1.1 skrll }
1271 1.1 skrll else
1272 1.1 skrll lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0,
1273 1.1 skrll alpha_lita_section, 8);
1274 1.1 skrll
1275 1.1 skrll if (lit >= 0x8000)
1276 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
1277 1.1 skrll
1278 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq r, lit(gp)". */
1279 1.1 skrll
1280 1.1 skrll if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
1281 1.1 skrll {
1282 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
1283 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
1284 1.1 skrll if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
1285 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
1286 1.1 skrll
1287 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
1288 1.1 skrll }
1289 1.1 skrll else
1290 1.3 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1291 1.1 skrll
1292 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, lit);
1293 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1294 1.1 skrll
1295 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1296 1.1 skrll
1297 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
1298 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
1299 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
1300 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
1301 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1302 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq r, gotoff(gp)". */
1303 1.1 skrll
1304 1.1 skrll if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
1305 1.1 skrll {
1306 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
1307 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
1308 1.1 skrll if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
1309 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
1310 1.1 skrll
1311 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
1312 1.1 skrll }
1313 1.1 skrll else
1314 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1315 1.1 skrll
1316 1.1 skrll /* XXX: Disable this .got minimizing optimization so that we can get
1317 1.1 skrll better instruction offset knowledge in the compiler. This happens
1318 1.1 skrll very infrequently anyway. */
1319 1.1 skrll if (1
1320 1.1 skrll || (!range_signed_32 (addend)
1321 1.1 skrll && (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT)))
1322 1.1 skrll {
1323 1.1 skrll newtok[1] = *exp;
1324 1.1 skrll addend = 0;
1325 1.1 skrll }
1326 1.3 christos else
1327 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
1328 1.1 skrll
1329 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1330 1.1 skrll
1331 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1332 1.1 skrll
1333 1.3 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
1334 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
1335 1.3 christos insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
1336 1.3 christos #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
1337 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1338 1.1 skrll /* Find symbol or symbol pointer in link section. */
1339 1.1 skrll
1340 1.1 skrll if (exp->X_add_symbol == alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
1341 1.1 skrll {
1342 1.1 skrll /* Linkage-relative expression. */
1343 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1344 1.1 skrll
1345 1.1 skrll if (range_signed_16 (addend))
1346 1.1 skrll {
1347 1.3 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], addend);
1348 1.3 christos addend = 0;
1349 1.1 skrll }
1350 1.1 skrll else
1351 1.1 skrll {
1352 1.3 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
1353 1.3 christos }
1354 1.3 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1355 1.3 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
1356 1.3 christos }
1357 1.3 christos else
1358 1.1 skrll {
1359 1.3 christos const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (exp->X_add_symbol);
1360 1.3 christos const char *ptr1, *ptr2;
1361 1.3 christos int symlen = strlen (symname);
1362 1.3 christos
1363 1.3 christos if ((symlen > 4 &&
1364 1.3 christos strcmp (ptr2 = &symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
1365 1.3 christos {
1366 1.3 christos /* Access to an item whose address is stored in the linkage
1367 1.3 christos section. Just read the address. */
1368 1.3 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1369 1.3 christos
1370 1.3 christos newtok[1] = *exp;
1371 1.3 christos newtok[1].X_op = O_subtract;
1372 1.3 christos newtok[1].X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1373 1.3 christos
1374 1.3 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1375 1.3 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1376 1.3 christos alpha_linkage_symbol = exp->X_add_symbol;
1377 1.3 christos
1378 1.3 christos if (poffset)
1379 1.3 christos set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
1380 1.3 christos
1381 1.3 christos if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 26)
1382 1.3 christos {
1383 1.3 christos /* Add a NOP fixup for 'ldX $26,YYY..NAME..lk'. */
1384 1.6 christos char *ensymname;
1385 1.3 christos symbolS *ensym;
1386 1.3 christos
1387 1.3 christos /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'. */
1388 1.3 christos ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
1389 1.3 christos if (ptr1 > ptr2)
1390 1.3 christos ptr1 = symname;
1391 1.6 christos ensymname = XNEWVEC (char, ptr2 - ptr1 + 5);
1392 1.4 christos memcpy (ensymname, ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
1393 1.3 christos memcpy (ensymname + (ptr2 - ptr1), "..en", 5);
1394 1.3 christos
1395 1.3 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
1396 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP;
1397 1.3 christos ensym = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
1398 1.3 christos free (ensymname);
1399 1.3 christos symbol_mark_used (ensym);
1400 1.3 christos /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH
1401 1.3 christos case in emit_jsrjmp. See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker
1402 1.3 christos Utility Manual. */
1403 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
1404 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = ensym;
1405 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
1406 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
1407 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1408 1.3 christos insn.nfixups++;
1409 1.3 christos
1410 1.3 christos /* ??? Force bsym to be instantiated now, as it will be
1411 1.3 christos too late to do so in tc_gen_reloc. */
1412 1.3 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (exp->X_add_symbol);
1413 1.3 christos }
1414 1.3 christos else if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 27)
1415 1.3 christos {
1416 1.3 christos /* Add a lda fixup for 'ldX $27,YYY.NAME..lk+8'. */
1417 1.6 christos char *psymname;
1418 1.3 christos symbolS *psym;
1419 1.3 christos
1420 1.3 christos /* Extract NAME. */
1421 1.3 christos ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
1422 1.6 christos if (ptr1 > ptr2)
1423 1.4 christos ptr1 = symname;
1424 1.3 christos psymname = xmemdup0 (ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
1425 1.3 christos
1426 1.3 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
1427 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA;
1428 1.3 christos psym = symbol_find_or_make (psymname);
1429 1.3 christos free (psymname);
1430 1.3 christos symbol_mark_used (psym);
1431 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_subtract;
1432 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = psym;
1433 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1434 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
1435 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
1436 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1437 1.3 christos insn.nfixups++;
1438 1.3 christos }
1439 1.3 christos
1440 1.3 christos emit_insn (&insn);
1441 1.3 christos return 0;
1442 1.3 christos }
1443 1.3 christos else
1444 1.4 christos {
1445 1.3 christos /* Not in the linkage section. Put the value into the linkage
1446 1.3 christos section. */
1447 1.3 christos symbolS *linkexp;
1448 1.3 christos
1449 1.3 christos if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
1450 1.1 skrll addend = sign_extend_32 (addend);
1451 1.1 skrll linkexp = add_to_link_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
1452 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1453 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], linkexp, 0);
1454 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1455 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1456 1.1 skrll }
1457 1.1 skrll }
1458 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
1459 1.1 skrll
1460 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
1461 1.1 skrll
1462 1.1 skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
1463 1.1 skrll if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
1464 1.1 skrll {
1465 1.1 skrll /* Emit "addq r, base, r". */
1466 1.1 skrll
1467 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
1468 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
1469 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
1470 1.1 skrll }
1471 1.1 skrll #endif
1472 1.1 skrll basereg = targreg;
1473 1.1 skrll }
1474 1.1 skrll break;
1475 1.1 skrll
1476 1.1 skrll case O_constant:
1477 1.1 skrll break;
1478 1.1 skrll
1479 1.3 christos case O_subtract:
1480 1.1 skrll /* Assume that this difference expression will be resolved to an
1481 1.1 skrll absolute value and that that value will fit in 16 bits. */
1482 1.1 skrll
1483 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1484 1.1 skrll newtok[1] = *exp;
1485 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1486 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
1487 1.1 skrll
1488 1.1 skrll if (poffset)
1489 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
1490 1.1 skrll return 0;
1491 1.1 skrll
1492 1.1 skrll case O_big:
1493 1.1 skrll if (exp->X_add_number > 0)
1494 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("bignum invalid; zero assumed"));
1495 1.1 skrll else
1496 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("floating point number invalid; zero assumed"));
1497 1.1 skrll addend = 0;
1498 1.1 skrll break;
1499 1.1 skrll
1500 1.1 skrll default:
1501 1.3 christos as_bad (_("can't handle expression"));
1502 1.3 christos addend = 0;
1503 1.3 christos break;
1504 1.1 skrll }
1505 1.1 skrll
1506 1.3 christos if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
1507 1.1 skrll {
1508 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1509 1.1 skrll symbolS *litexp;
1510 1.1 skrll #else
1511 1.4 christos offsetT lit;
1512 1.1 skrll long seq_num = next_sequence_num--;
1513 1.3 christos #endif
1514 1.1 skrll
1515 1.1 skrll /* For 64-bit addends, just put it in the literal pool. */
1516 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1517 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq targreg, lit(basereg)". */
1518 1.1 skrll litexp = add_to_link_pool (section_symbol (absolute_section), addend);
1519 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1520 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], litexp, 0);
1521 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1522 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldq", newtok, 3, 0);
1523 1.1 skrll #else
1524 1.1 skrll
1525 1.1 skrll if (alpha_lit8_section == NULL)
1526 1.1 skrll {
1527 1.1 skrll create_literal_section (".lit8",
1528 1.1 skrll &alpha_lit8_section,
1529 1.1 skrll &alpha_lit8_symbol);
1530 1.1 skrll
1531 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1532 1.1 skrll alpha_lit8_literal = add_to_literal_pool (alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000,
1533 1.1 skrll alpha_lita_section, 8);
1534 1.1 skrll if (alpha_lit8_literal >= 0x8000)
1535 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
1536 1.1 skrll #endif
1537 1.1 skrll }
1538 1.1 skrll
1539 1.1 skrll lit = add_to_literal_pool (NULL, addend, alpha_lit8_section, 8) - 0x8000;
1540 1.1 skrll if (lit >= 0x8000)
1541 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lit8) table"));
1542 1.1 skrll
1543 1.1 skrll /* Emit "lda litreg, .lit8+0x8000". */
1544 1.1 skrll
1545 1.1 skrll if (targreg == basereg)
1546 1.1 skrll {
1547 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
1548 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
1549 1.1 skrll if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
1550 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
1551 1.1 skrll
1552 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
1553 1.1 skrll }
1554 1.1 skrll else
1555 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1556 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1557 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, alpha_lit8_literal);
1558 1.1 skrll #endif
1559 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1560 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000);
1561 1.1 skrll #endif
1562 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1563 1.1 skrll
1564 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1565 1.1 skrll
1566 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
1567 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1568 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
1569 1.1 skrll #endif
1570 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1571 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
1572 1.1 skrll #endif
1573 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = seq_num;
1574 1.1 skrll
1575 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
1576 1.1 skrll
1577 1.3 christos /* Emit "ldq litreg, lit(litreg)". */
1578 1.1 skrll
1579 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], lit);
1580 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], newtok[0].X_add_number);
1581 1.1 skrll
1582 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1583 1.1 skrll
1584 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
1585 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
1586 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
1587 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
1588 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = seq_num;
1589 1.1 skrll emit_lituse = 0;
1590 1.1 skrll
1591 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
1592 1.1 skrll
1593 1.1 skrll /* Emit "addq litreg, base, target". */
1594 1.1 skrll
1595 1.1 skrll if (basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
1596 1.1 skrll {
1597 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
1598 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
1599 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
1600 1.1 skrll }
1601 1.1 skrll #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
1602 1.1 skrll
1603 1.1 skrll if (poffset)
1604 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
1605 1.1 skrll *pbasereg = targreg;
1606 1.1 skrll }
1607 1.1 skrll else
1608 1.1 skrll {
1609 1.1 skrll offsetT low, high, extra, tmp;
1610 1.1 skrll
1611 1.1 skrll /* For 32-bit operands, break up the addend. */
1612 1.1 skrll
1613 1.1 skrll low = sign_extend_16 (addend);
1614 1.1 skrll tmp = addend - low;
1615 1.1 skrll high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
1616 1.1 skrll
1617 1.1 skrll if (tmp - (high << 16))
1618 1.1 skrll {
1619 1.1 skrll extra = 0x4000;
1620 1.1 skrll tmp -= 0x40000000;
1621 1.1 skrll high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
1622 1.1 skrll }
1623 1.1 skrll else
1624 1.1 skrll extra = 0;
1625 1.1 skrll
1626 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1627 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1628 1.1 skrll
1629 1.1 skrll if (extra)
1630 1.1 skrll {
1631 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldah r, extra(r). */
1632 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], extra);
1633 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
1634 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg = targreg);
1635 1.1 skrll }
1636 1.1 skrll
1637 1.1 skrll if (high)
1638 1.1 skrll {
1639 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldah r, high(r). */
1640 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], high);
1641 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
1642 1.1 skrll basereg = targreg;
1643 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1644 1.1 skrll }
1645 1.1 skrll
1646 1.1 skrll if ((low && !poffset) || (!poffset && basereg != targreg))
1647 1.1 skrll {
1648 1.1 skrll /* Emit "lda r, low(base)". */
1649 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], low);
1650 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 3, 0);
1651 1.1 skrll basereg = targreg;
1652 1.1 skrll low = 0;
1653 1.1 skrll }
1654 1.1 skrll
1655 1.1 skrll if (poffset)
1656 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (*poffset, low);
1657 1.1 skrll *pbasereg = basereg;
1658 1.1 skrll }
1659 1.1 skrll
1660 1.1 skrll return emit_lituse;
1661 1.1 skrll }
1662 1.1 skrll
1663 1.1 skrll /* The lda macro differs from the lda instruction in that it handles
1664 1.1 skrll most simple expressions, particularly symbol address loads and
1665 1.1 skrll large constants. */
1666 1.1 skrll
1667 1.1 skrll static void
1668 1.1 skrll emit_lda (const expressionS *tok,
1669 1.1 skrll int ntok,
1670 1.1 skrll const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1671 1.1 skrll {
1672 1.3 christos int basereg;
1673 1.1 skrll
1674 1.1 skrll if (ntok == 2)
1675 1.1 skrll basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
1676 1.1 skrll else
1677 1.1 skrll basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
1678 1.1 skrll
1679 1.1 skrll (void) load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
1680 1.1 skrll }
1681 1.1 skrll
1682 1.1 skrll /* The ldah macro differs from the ldah instruction in that it has $31
1683 1.1 skrll as an implied base register. */
1684 1.1 skrll
1685 1.1 skrll static void
1686 1.1 skrll emit_ldah (const expressionS *tok,
1687 1.1 skrll int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1688 1.1 skrll const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1689 1.1 skrll {
1690 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
1691 1.1 skrll
1692 1.1 skrll newtok[0] = tok[0];
1693 1.1 skrll newtok[1] = tok[1];
1694 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_ZERO);
1695 1.1 skrll
1696 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
1697 1.1 skrll }
1698 1.1 skrll
1699 1.1 skrll /* Called internally to handle all alignment needs. This takes care
1700 1.1 skrll of eliding calls to frag_align if'n the cached current alignment
1701 1.1 skrll says we've already got it, as well as taking care of the auto-align
1702 1.1 skrll feature wrt labels. */
1703 1.1 skrll
1704 1.1 skrll static void
1705 1.1 skrll alpha_align (int n,
1706 1.1 skrll char *pfill,
1707 1.1 skrll symbolS *label,
1708 1.1 skrll int force ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1709 1.1 skrll {
1710 1.1 skrll if (alpha_current_align >= n)
1711 1.1 skrll return;
1712 1.1 skrll
1713 1.1 skrll if (pfill == NULL)
1714 1.1 skrll {
1715 1.1 skrll if (subseg_text_p (now_seg))
1716 1.1 skrll frag_align_code (n, 0);
1717 1.1 skrll else
1718 1.1 skrll frag_align (n, 0, 0);
1719 1.1 skrll }
1720 1.1 skrll else
1721 1.1 skrll frag_align (n, *pfill, 0);
1722 1.1 skrll
1723 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = n;
1724 1.1 skrll
1725 1.1 skrll if (label != NULL && S_GET_SEGMENT (label) == now_seg)
1726 1.1 skrll {
1727 1.1 skrll symbol_set_frag (label, frag_now);
1728 1.1 skrll S_SET_VALUE (label, (valueT) frag_now_fix ());
1729 1.1 skrll }
1730 1.1 skrll
1731 1.1 skrll record_alignment (now_seg, n);
1732 1.1 skrll
1733 1.1 skrll /* ??? If alpha_flag_relax && force && elf, record the requested alignment
1734 1.1 skrll in a reloc for the linker to see. */
1735 1.1 skrll }
1736 1.1 skrll
1737 1.1 skrll /* Actually output an instruction with its fixup. */
1738 1.1 skrll
1739 1.1 skrll static void
1740 1.1 skrll emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *insn)
1741 1.1 skrll {
1742 1.1 skrll char *f;
1743 1.1 skrll int i;
1744 1.1 skrll
1745 1.1 skrll /* Take care of alignment duties. */
1746 1.1 skrll if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
1747 1.1 skrll alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
1748 1.1 skrll if (alpha_current_align > 2)
1749 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 2;
1750 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
1751 1.1 skrll
1752 1.1 skrll /* Write out the instruction. */
1753 1.1 skrll f = frag_more (4);
1754 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (f, insn->insn, 4);
1755 1.1 skrll
1756 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1757 1.1 skrll dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
1758 1.1 skrll #endif
1759 1.1 skrll
1760 1.1 skrll /* Apply the fixups in order. */
1761 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < insn->nfixups; ++i)
1762 1.1 skrll {
1763 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_operand *operand = (const struct alpha_operand *) 0;
1764 1.1 skrll struct alpha_fixup *fixup = &insn->fixups[i];
1765 1.1 skrll struct alpha_reloc_tag *info = NULL;
1766 1.1 skrll int size, pcrel;
1767 1.1 skrll fixS *fixP;
1768 1.1 skrll
1769 1.1 skrll /* Some fixups are only used internally and so have no howto. */
1770 1.1 skrll if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
1771 1.1 skrll {
1772 1.1 skrll operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixup->reloc];
1773 1.1 skrll size = 4;
1774 1.1 skrll pcrel = ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE) != 0);
1775 1.1 skrll }
1776 1.1 skrll else if (fixup->reloc > BFD_RELOC_UNUSED
1777 1.1 skrll || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16
1778 1.3 christos || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16)
1779 1.3 christos {
1780 1.3 christos size = 2;
1781 1.3 christos pcrel = 0;
1782 1.1 skrll }
1783 1.1 skrll else
1784 1.1 skrll {
1785 1.3 christos reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
1786 1.3 christos bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1787 1.3 christos (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
1788 1.3 christos gas_assert (reloc_howto);
1789 1.3 christos
1790 1.3 christos size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto);
1791 1.3 christos
1792 1.3 christos switch (fixup->reloc)
1793 1.3 christos {
1794 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1795 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
1796 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
1797 1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
1798 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
1799 1.1 skrll break;
1800 1.1 skrll #endif
1801 1.1 skrll default:
1802 1.3 christos gas_assert (size >= 1 && size <= 4);
1803 1.1 skrll }
1804 1.1 skrll
1805 1.1 skrll pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
1806 1.1 skrll }
1807 1.1 skrll
1808 1.1 skrll fixP = fix_new_exp (frag_now, f - frag_now->fr_literal, size,
1809 1.1 skrll &fixup->exp, pcrel, (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
1810 1.1 skrll
1811 1.1 skrll /* Turn off complaints that the addend is too large for some fixups,
1812 1.1 skrll and copy in the sequence number for the explicit relocations. */
1813 1.1 skrll switch (fixup->reloc)
1814 1.1 skrll {
1815 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
1816 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
1817 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
1818 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
1819 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
1820 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
1821 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
1822 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
1823 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
1824 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
1825 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
1826 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
1827 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
1828 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1829 1.1 skrll break;
1830 1.1 skrll
1831 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
1832 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1833 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
1834 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = 0;
1835 1.1 skrll
1836 1.1 skrll info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1837 1.1 skrll if (++info->n_master > 1)
1838 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("too many ldah insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1839 1.1 skrll if (info->segment != now_seg)
1840 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
1841 1.1 skrll insn->sequence);
1842 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1843 1.1 skrll break;
1844 1.1 skrll
1845 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
1846 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1847 1.1 skrll
1848 1.1 skrll info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1849 1.1 skrll if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
1850 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("too many lda insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1851 1.1 skrll if (info->segment != now_seg)
1852 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
1853 1.1 skrll insn->sequence);
1854 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1855 1.1 skrll info->slaves = fixP;
1856 1.1 skrll break;
1857 1.1 skrll
1858 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
1859 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
1860 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1861 1.1 skrll
1862 1.1 skrll if (insn->sequence == 0)
1863 1.1 skrll break;
1864 1.1 skrll info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1865 1.1 skrll info->master = fixP;
1866 1.1 skrll info->n_master++;
1867 1.1 skrll if (info->segment != now_seg)
1868 1.1 skrll info->multi_section_p = 1;
1869 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1870 1.1 skrll break;
1871 1.1 skrll
1872 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1873 1.1 skrll case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR:
1874 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_ADDR;
1875 1.1 skrll goto do_lituse;
1876 1.1 skrll case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE:
1877 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BASE;
1878 1.1 skrll goto do_lituse;
1879 1.1 skrll case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF:
1880 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BYTOFF;
1881 1.1 skrll goto do_lituse;
1882 1.1 skrll case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR:
1883 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSR;
1884 1.1 skrll goto do_lituse;
1885 1.1 skrll case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD:
1886 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD;
1887 1.1 skrll goto do_lituse;
1888 1.1 skrll case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM:
1889 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM;
1890 1.1 skrll goto do_lituse;
1891 1.1 skrll case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT:
1892 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSRDIRECT;
1893 1.1 skrll goto do_lituse;
1894 1.1 skrll do_lituse:
1895 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
1896 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE;
1897 1.1 skrll
1898 1.1 skrll info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1899 1.1 skrll if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD)
1900 1.1 skrll info->saw_lu_tlsgd = 1;
1901 1.1 skrll else if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM)
1902 1.1 skrll info->saw_lu_tlsldm = 1;
1903 1.1 skrll if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
1904 1.1 skrll {
1905 1.1 skrll if (info->saw_lu_tlsgd)
1906 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsgd!%ld"),
1907 1.1 skrll insn->sequence);
1908 1.1 skrll else if (info->saw_lu_tlsldm)
1909 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsldm!%ld"),
1910 1.1 skrll insn->sequence);
1911 1.1 skrll }
1912 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1913 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.next_reloc = info->slaves;
1914 1.1 skrll info->slaves = fixP;
1915 1.1 skrll if (info->segment != now_seg)
1916 1.1 skrll info->multi_section_p = 1;
1917 1.1 skrll break;
1918 1.1 skrll
1919 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
1920 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1921 1.1 skrll
1922 1.1 skrll if (insn->sequence == 0)
1923 1.1 skrll break;
1924 1.1 skrll info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1925 1.1 skrll if (info->saw_tlsgd)
1926 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsgd!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1927 1.1 skrll else if (info->saw_tlsldm)
1928 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsldm!%ld"),
1929 1.1 skrll insn->sequence);
1930 1.1 skrll else
1931 1.1 skrll info->saw_tlsgd = 1;
1932 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1933 1.1 skrll break;
1934 1.1 skrll
1935 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
1936 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1937 1.1 skrll
1938 1.1 skrll if (insn->sequence == 0)
1939 1.1 skrll break;
1940 1.1 skrll info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1941 1.1 skrll if (info->saw_tlsldm)
1942 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsldm!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1943 1.1 skrll else if (info->saw_tlsgd)
1944 1.3 christos as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsgd!%ld"),
1945 1.3 christos insn->sequence);
1946 1.3 christos else
1947 1.3 christos info->saw_tlsldm = 1;
1948 1.3 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1949 1.3 christos break;
1950 1.3 christos #endif
1951 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1952 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
1953 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
1954 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
1955 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
1956 1.1 skrll info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
1957 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1958 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info->sym = fixup->xtrasym;
1959 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info->psym = fixup->procsym;
1960 1.1 skrll break;
1961 1.1 skrll #endif
1962 1.1 skrll
1963 1.1 skrll default:
1964 1.1 skrll if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
1965 1.1 skrll {
1966 1.1 skrll if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW)
1967 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1968 1.1 skrll }
1969 1.1 skrll break;
1970 1.1 skrll }
1971 1.1 skrll }
1972 1.1 skrll }
1973 1.6 christos
1974 1.1 skrll /* Insert an operand value into an instruction. */
1975 1.1 skrll
1976 1.9 christos static unsigned
1977 1.1 skrll insert_operand (unsigned insn,
1978 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_operand *operand,
1979 1.1 skrll offsetT val,
1980 1.1 skrll const char *file,
1981 1.1 skrll unsigned line)
1982 1.1 skrll {
1983 1.1 skrll if (!(operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW))
1984 1.1 skrll {
1985 1.1 skrll offsetT min, max;
1986 1.1 skrll
1987 1.1 skrll if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED)
1988 1.1 skrll {
1989 1.1 skrll max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
1990 1.1 skrll min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
1991 1.1 skrll }
1992 1.4 christos else
1993 1.1 skrll {
1994 1.1 skrll max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
1995 1.1 skrll min = 0;
1996 1.1 skrll }
1997 1.1 skrll
1998 1.1 skrll if (val < min || val > max)
1999 1.1 skrll as_bad_value_out_of_range (_("operand"), val, min, max, file, line);
2000 1.1 skrll }
2001 1.2 snj
2002 1.1 skrll if (operand->insert)
2003 1.1 skrll {
2004 1.1 skrll const char *errmsg = NULL;
2005 1.1 skrll
2006 1.1 skrll insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, val, &errmsg);
2007 1.1 skrll if (errmsg)
2008 1.1 skrll as_warn ("%s", errmsg);
2009 1.1 skrll }
2010 1.1 skrll else
2011 1.1 skrll insn |= ((val & ((1 << operand->bits) - 1)) << operand->shift);
2012 1.1 skrll
2013 1.1 skrll return insn;
2014 1.1 skrll }
2015 1.1 skrll
2016 1.1 skrll /* Turn an opcode description and a set of arguments into
2017 1.3 christos an instruction and a fixup. */
2018 1.1 skrll
2019 1.1 skrll static void
2020 1.1 skrll assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *opcode,
2021 1.1 skrll const expressionS *tok,
2022 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2023 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn *insn,
2024 1.1 skrll extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
2025 1.1 skrll {
2026 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_operand *reloc_operand = NULL;
2027 1.1 skrll const expressionS *reloc_exp = NULL;
2028 1.1 skrll const unsigned char *argidx;
2029 1.1 skrll unsigned image;
2030 1.1 skrll int tokidx = 0;
2031 1.1 skrll
2032 1.1 skrll memset (insn, 0, sizeof (*insn));
2033 1.1 skrll image = opcode->opcode;
2034 1.1 skrll
2035 1.1 skrll for (argidx = opcode->operands; *argidx; ++argidx)
2036 1.1 skrll {
2037 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*argidx];
2038 1.1 skrll const expressionS *t = (const expressionS *) 0;
2039 1.1 skrll
2040 1.1 skrll if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
2041 1.1 skrll {
2042 1.1 skrll /* Fake operands take no value and generate no fixup. */
2043 1.1 skrll image = insert_operand (image, operand, 0, NULL, 0);
2044 1.1 skrll continue;
2045 1.1 skrll }
2046 1.1 skrll
2047 1.1 skrll if (tokidx >= ntok)
2048 1.1 skrll {
2049 1.1 skrll switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK)
2050 1.1 skrll {
2051 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_FIRST:
2052 1.1 skrll t = &tok[0];
2053 1.1 skrll break;
2054 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_SECOND:
2055 1.1 skrll t = &tok[1];
2056 1.1 skrll break;
2057 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_ZERO:
2058 1.1 skrll {
2059 1.1 skrll static expressionS zero_exp;
2060 1.1 skrll t = &zero_exp;
2061 1.1 skrll zero_exp.X_op = O_constant;
2062 1.1 skrll zero_exp.X_unsigned = 1;
2063 1.1 skrll }
2064 1.1 skrll break;
2065 1.1 skrll default:
2066 1.1 skrll abort ();
2067 1.1 skrll }
2068 1.1 skrll }
2069 1.1 skrll else
2070 1.1 skrll t = &tok[tokidx++];
2071 1.1 skrll
2072 1.1 skrll switch (t->X_op)
2073 1.1 skrll {
2074 1.1 skrll case O_register:
2075 1.1 skrll case O_pregister:
2076 1.3 christos case O_cpregister:
2077 1.1 skrll image = insert_operand (image, operand, regno (t->X_add_number),
2078 1.1 skrll NULL, 0);
2079 1.1 skrll break;
2080 1.1 skrll
2081 1.1 skrll case O_constant:
2082 1.1 skrll image = insert_operand (image, operand, t->X_add_number, NULL, 0);
2083 1.1 skrll gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
2084 1.1 skrll reloc_operand = operand;
2085 1.1 skrll reloc_exp = t;
2086 1.1 skrll break;
2087 1.1 skrll
2088 1.1 skrll default:
2089 1.1 skrll /* This is only 0 for fields that should contain registers,
2090 1.1 skrll which means this pattern shouldn't have matched. */
2091 1.1 skrll if (operand->default_reloc == 0)
2092 1.1 skrll abort ();
2093 1.1 skrll
2094 1.1 skrll /* There is one special case for which an insn receives two
2095 1.1 skrll relocations, and thus the user-supplied reloc does not
2096 1.1 skrll override the operand reloc. */
2097 1.1 skrll if (operand->default_reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT)
2098 1.1 skrll {
2099 1.1 skrll struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
2100 1.1 skrll
2101 1.1 skrll if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
2102 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
2103 1.1 skrll
2104 1.1 skrll fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
2105 1.1 skrll fixup->exp = *t;
2106 1.3 christos fixup->reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT;
2107 1.1 skrll }
2108 1.1 skrll else
2109 1.1 skrll {
2110 1.1 skrll if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
2111 1.1 skrll reloc = operand->default_reloc;
2112 1.1 skrll
2113 1.1 skrll gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
2114 1.1 skrll reloc_operand = operand;
2115 1.1 skrll reloc_exp = t;
2116 1.1 skrll }
2117 1.1 skrll break;
2118 1.1 skrll }
2119 1.1 skrll }
2120 1.1 skrll
2121 1.1 skrll if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
2122 1.1 skrll {
2123 1.1 skrll struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
2124 1.1 skrll
2125 1.1 skrll if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
2126 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
2127 1.1 skrll
2128 1.1 skrll /* ??? My but this is hacky. But the OSF/1 assembler uses the same
2129 1.1 skrll relocation tag for both ldah and lda with gpdisp. Choose the
2130 1.1 skrll correct internal relocation based on the opcode. */
2131 1.1 skrll if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP)
2132 1.1 skrll {
2133 1.1 skrll if (strcmp (opcode->name, "ldah") == 0)
2134 1.1 skrll reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
2135 1.3 christos else if (strcmp (opcode->name, "lda") == 0)
2136 1.5 christos reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
2137 1.3 christos else
2138 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("invalid relocation for instruction"));
2139 1.1 skrll }
2140 1.3 christos
2141 1.3 christos /* If this is a real relocation (as opposed to a lituse hint), then
2142 1.1 skrll the relocation width should match the operand width.
2143 1.1 skrll Take care of -MDISP in operand table. */
2144 1.1 skrll else if (reloc < BFD_RELOC_UNUSED && reloc > 0)
2145 1.1 skrll {
2146 1.1 skrll reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto
2147 1.1 skrll = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
2148 1.1 skrll (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) reloc);
2149 1.1 skrll if (reloc_operand == NULL
2150 1.1 skrll || reloc_howto->bitsize != reloc_operand->bits)
2151 1.1 skrll {
2152 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("invalid relocation for field"));
2153 1.1 skrll return;
2154 1.1 skrll }
2155 1.1 skrll }
2156 1.1 skrll
2157 1.1 skrll fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
2158 1.1 skrll if (reloc_exp)
2159 1.1 skrll fixup->exp = *reloc_exp;
2160 1.1 skrll else
2161 1.1 skrll fixup->exp.X_op = O_absent;
2162 1.1 skrll fixup->reloc = reloc;
2163 1.1 skrll }
2164 1.1 skrll
2165 1.1 skrll insn->insn = image;
2166 1.1 skrll }
2167 1.1 skrll
2168 1.1 skrll /* Handle all "simple" integer register loads -- ldq, ldq_l, ldq_u,
2169 1.1 skrll etc. They differ from the real instructions in that they do simple
2170 1.1 skrll expressions like the lda macro. */
2171 1.1 skrll
2172 1.1 skrll static void
2173 1.1 skrll emit_ir_load (const expressionS *tok,
2174 1.3 christos int ntok,
2175 1.3 christos const void * opname)
2176 1.3 christos {
2177 1.1 skrll int basereg;
2178 1.1 skrll long lituse;
2179 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2180 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
2181 1.1 skrll const char *symname
2182 1.1 skrll = tok[1].X_add_symbol ? S_GET_NAME (tok[1].X_add_symbol): "";
2183 1.3 christos int symlen = strlen (symname);
2184 1.3 christos
2185 1.1 skrll if (ntok == 2)
2186 1.3 christos basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2187 1.3 christos else
2188 1.3 christos basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2189 1.5 christos
2190 1.1 skrll lituse = load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1],
2191 1.1 skrll &basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname);
2192 1.1 skrll
2193 1.1 skrll if (basereg == alpha_gp_register &&
2194 1.1 skrll (symlen > 4 && strcmp (&symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
2195 1.1 skrll return;
2196 1.1 skrll
2197 1.3 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2198 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2199 1.1 skrll
2200 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
2201 1.1 skrll
2202 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2203 1.1 skrll {
2204 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2205 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2206 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2207 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2208 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2209 1.1 skrll }
2210 1.1 skrll
2211 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2212 1.1 skrll }
2213 1.1 skrll
2214 1.1 skrll /* Handle fp register loads, and both integer and fp register stores.
2215 1.1 skrll Again, we handle simple expressions. */
2216 1.1 skrll
2217 1.1 skrll static void
2218 1.1 skrll emit_loadstore (const expressionS *tok,
2219 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2220 1.1 skrll const void * opname)
2221 1.1 skrll {
2222 1.1 skrll int basereg;
2223 1.1 skrll long lituse;
2224 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2225 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
2226 1.1 skrll
2227 1.1 skrll if (ntok == 2)
2228 1.1 skrll basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2229 1.1 skrll else
2230 1.5 christos basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2231 1.3 christos
2232 1.1 skrll if (tok[1].X_op != O_constant || !range_signed_16 (tok[1].X_add_number))
2233 1.1 skrll {
2234 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
2235 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2236 1.1 skrll
2237 1.1 skrll lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1],
2238 1.1 skrll &basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname);
2239 1.1 skrll }
2240 1.1 skrll else
2241 1.1 skrll {
2242 1.1 skrll newtok[1] = tok[1];
2243 1.1 skrll lituse = 0;
2244 1.1 skrll }
2245 1.1 skrll
2246 1.3 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2247 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2248 1.1 skrll
2249 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
2250 1.1 skrll
2251 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2252 1.1 skrll {
2253 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2254 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2255 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2256 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2257 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2258 1.1 skrll }
2259 1.1 skrll
2260 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2261 1.1 skrll }
2262 1.1 skrll
2263 1.1 skrll /* Load a half-word or byte as an unsigned value. */
2264 1.1 skrll
2265 1.1 skrll static void
2266 1.1 skrll emit_ldXu (const expressionS *tok,
2267 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2268 1.1 skrll const void * vlgsize)
2269 1.1 skrll {
2270 1.1 skrll if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
2271 1.1 skrll emit_ir_load (tok, ntok, ldXu_op[(long) vlgsize]);
2272 1.1 skrll else
2273 1.1 skrll {
2274 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2275 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
2276 1.1 skrll int basereg;
2277 1.1 skrll long lituse;
2278 1.1 skrll
2279 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
2280 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2281 1.1 skrll
2282 1.3 christos if (ntok == 2)
2283 1.1 skrll basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
2284 1.1 skrll ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2285 1.1 skrll else
2286 1.1 skrll basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2287 1.1 skrll
2288 1.1 skrll /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2289 1.1 skrll lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
2290 1.1 skrll
2291 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq_u targ, 0($at)". */
2292 1.3 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2293 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2294 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2295 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
2296 1.1 skrll
2297 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2298 1.1 skrll {
2299 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2300 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2301 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2302 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2303 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2304 1.1 skrll }
2305 1.1 skrll
2306 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2307 1.1 skrll
2308 1.3 christos /* Emit "extXl targ, $at, targ". */
2309 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
2310 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2311 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn (extXl_op[(long) vlgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
2312 1.1 skrll
2313 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2314 1.1 skrll {
2315 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2316 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
2317 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2318 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2319 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2320 1.1 skrll }
2321 1.1 skrll
2322 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2323 1.1 skrll }
2324 1.1 skrll }
2325 1.1 skrll
2326 1.1 skrll /* Load a half-word or byte as a signed value. */
2327 1.1 skrll
2328 1.1 skrll static void
2329 1.1 skrll emit_ldX (const expressionS *tok,
2330 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2331 1.1 skrll const void * vlgsize)
2332 1.1 skrll {
2333 1.1 skrll emit_ldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
2334 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
2335 1.1 skrll }
2336 1.1 skrll
2337 1.1 skrll /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as an unsigned
2338 1.1 skrll value. */
2339 1.1 skrll
2340 1.1 skrll static void
2341 1.1 skrll emit_uldXu (const expressionS *tok,
2342 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2343 1.1 skrll const void * vlgsize)
2344 1.1 skrll {
2345 1.1 skrll long lgsize = (long) vlgsize;
2346 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2347 1.1 skrll
2348 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
2349 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2350 1.1 skrll
2351 1.1 skrll /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2352 1.1 skrll memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
2353 1.1 skrll newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
2354 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
2355 1.1 skrll
2356 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)". */
2357 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2358 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2359 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2360 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2361 1.1 skrll
2362 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq_u $t10, size-1($at)". */
2363 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2364 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
2365 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2366 1.1 skrll
2367 1.1 skrll /* Emit "extXl $t9, $at, $t9". */
2368 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2369 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2370 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
2371 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (extXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2372 1.1 skrll
2373 1.1 skrll /* Emit "extXh $t10, $at, $t10". */
2374 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2375 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
2376 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (extXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2377 1.1 skrll
2378 1.1 skrll /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, targ". */
2379 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2380 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2381 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = tok[0];
2382 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2383 1.1 skrll }
2384 1.1 skrll
2385 1.1 skrll /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as a signed value.
2386 1.1 skrll Note that quads should get funneled to the unsigned load since we
2387 1.1 skrll don't have to do the sign extension. */
2388 1.1 skrll
2389 1.1 skrll static void
2390 1.1 skrll emit_uldX (const expressionS *tok,
2391 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2392 1.1 skrll const void * vlgsize)
2393 1.1 skrll {
2394 1.1 skrll emit_uldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
2395 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
2396 1.1 skrll }
2397 1.1 skrll
2398 1.1 skrll /* Implement the ldil macro. */
2399 1.1 skrll
2400 1.1 skrll static void
2401 1.1 skrll emit_ldil (const expressionS *tok,
2402 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2403 1.1 skrll const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2404 1.1 skrll {
2405 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[2];
2406 1.1 skrll
2407 1.1 skrll memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (newtok));
2408 1.1 skrll newtok[1].X_add_number = sign_extend_32 (tok[1].X_add_number);
2409 1.1 skrll
2410 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
2411 1.1 skrll }
2412 1.1 skrll
2413 1.1 skrll /* Store a half-word or byte. */
2414 1.1 skrll
2415 1.1 skrll static void
2416 1.1 skrll emit_stX (const expressionS *tok,
2417 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2418 1.1 skrll const void * vlgsize)
2419 1.1 skrll {
2420 1.1 skrll int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize;
2421 1.1 skrll
2422 1.1 skrll if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
2423 1.1 skrll emit_loadstore (tok, ntok, stX_op[lgsize]);
2424 1.1 skrll else
2425 1.1 skrll {
2426 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2427 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
2428 1.1 skrll int basereg;
2429 1.1 skrll long lituse;
2430 1.1 skrll
2431 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
2432 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2433 1.1 skrll
2434 1.3 christos if (ntok == 2)
2435 1.1 skrll basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
2436 1.1 skrll ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2437 1.1 skrll else
2438 1.1 skrll basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2439 1.1 skrll
2440 1.1 skrll /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2441 1.1 skrll lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
2442 1.1 skrll
2443 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)". */
2444 1.3 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2445 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2446 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2447 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
2448 1.1 skrll
2449 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2450 1.1 skrll {
2451 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2452 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2453 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2454 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2455 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2456 1.1 skrll }
2457 1.1 skrll
2458 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2459 1.1 skrll
2460 1.1 skrll /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t10". */
2461 1.3 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2462 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
2463 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
2464 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
2465 1.1 skrll
2466 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2467 1.1 skrll {
2468 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2469 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
2470 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2471 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2472 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2473 1.1 skrll }
2474 1.1 skrll
2475 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2476 1.1 skrll
2477 1.3 christos /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9". */
2478 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2479 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2480 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
2481 1.1 skrll
2482 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2483 1.1 skrll {
2484 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2485 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
2486 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2487 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2488 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2489 1.1 skrll }
2490 1.1 skrll
2491 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2492 1.1 skrll
2493 1.1 skrll /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, $t9". */
2494 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2495 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2496 1.1 skrll
2497 1.3 christos /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at). */
2498 1.1 skrll set_tok_const(newtok[1], 0);
2499 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2500 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("stq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
2501 1.1 skrll
2502 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2503 1.1 skrll {
2504 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2505 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2506 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2507 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2508 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2509 1.1 skrll }
2510 1.1 skrll
2511 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2512 1.1 skrll }
2513 1.1 skrll }
2514 1.1 skrll
2515 1.1 skrll /* Store an integer to an unaligned address. */
2516 1.1 skrll
2517 1.1 skrll static void
2518 1.1 skrll emit_ustX (const expressionS *tok,
2519 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2520 1.1 skrll const void * vlgsize)
2521 1.1 skrll {
2522 1.1 skrll int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize;
2523 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2524 1.1 skrll
2525 1.1 skrll /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2526 1.1 skrll memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
2527 1.1 skrll newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
2528 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
2529 1.1 skrll
2530 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq_u $9, 0($at)". */
2531 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2532 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2533 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2534 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2535 1.1 skrll
2536 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq_u $10, size-1($at)". */
2537 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2538 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
2539 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2540 1.1 skrll
2541 1.1 skrll /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t11". */
2542 1.1 skrll newtok[0] = tok[0];
2543 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2544 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T11);
2545 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2546 1.1 skrll
2547 1.1 skrll /* Emit "insXh src, $at, $t12". */
2548 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T12);
2549 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (insXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2550 1.1 skrll
2551 1.1 skrll /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9". */
2552 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2553 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2554 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2555 1.1 skrll
2556 1.1 skrll /* Emit "mskXh $t10, $at, $t10". */
2557 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2558 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2559 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (mskXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2560 1.1 skrll
2561 1.1 skrll /* Emit "or $t9, $t11, $t9". */
2562 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2563 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2564 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2565 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2566 1.1 skrll
2567 1.1 skrll /* Emit "or $t10, $t12, $t10". */
2568 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2569 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T12);
2570 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2571 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2572 1.1 skrll
2573 1.1 skrll /* Emit "stq_u $t10, size-1($at)". */
2574 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2575 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
2576 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2577 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2578 1.1 skrll
2579 1.1 skrll /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at)". */
2580 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2581 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2582 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2583 1.1 skrll }
2584 1.1 skrll
2585 1.1 skrll /* Sign extend a half-word or byte. The 32-bit sign extend is
2586 1.1 skrll implemented as "addl $31, $r, $t" in the opcode table. */
2587 1.1 skrll
2588 1.1 skrll static void
2589 1.1 skrll emit_sextX (const expressionS *tok,
2590 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2591 1.1 skrll const void * vlgsize)
2592 1.1 skrll {
2593 1.1 skrll long lgsize = (long) vlgsize;
2594 1.1 skrll
2595 1.1 skrll if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
2596 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (sextX_op[lgsize], tok, ntok, 0);
2597 1.1 skrll else
2598 1.1 skrll {
2599 1.1 skrll int bitshift = 64 - 8 * (1 << lgsize);
2600 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2601 1.1 skrll
2602 1.1 skrll /* Emit "sll src,bits,dst". */
2603 1.1 skrll newtok[0] = tok[0];
2604 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], bitshift);
2605 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = tok[ntok - 1];
2606 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("sll", newtok, 3, 1);
2607 1.1 skrll
2608 1.1 skrll /* Emit "sra dst,bits,dst". */
2609 1.1 skrll newtok[0] = newtok[2];
2610 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("sra", newtok, 3, 1);
2611 1.1 skrll }
2612 1.1 skrll }
2613 1.1 skrll
2614 1.1 skrll /* Implement the division and modulus macros. */
2615 1.1 skrll
2616 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
2617 1.1 skrll
2618 1.1 skrll /* Make register usage like in normal procedure call.
2619 1.1 skrll Don't clobber PV and RA. */
2620 1.1 skrll
2621 1.1 skrll static void
2622 1.1 skrll emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
2623 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2624 1.1 skrll const void * symname)
2625 1.1 skrll {
2626 1.1 skrll /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
2627 1.1 skrll
2628 1.1 skrll Convert
2629 1.1 skrll OP x,y,result
2630 1.1 skrll to
2631 1.1 skrll mov x,R16 # if x != R16
2632 1.1 skrll mov y,R17 # if y != R17
2633 1.1 skrll lda AT,__OP
2634 1.1 skrll jsr AT,(AT),0
2635 1.1 skrll mov R0,result
2636 1.1 skrll
2637 1.1 skrll with appropriate optimizations if R0,R16,R17 are the registers
2638 1.1 skrll specified by the compiler. */
2639 1.1 skrll
2640 1.1 skrll int xr, yr, rr;
2641 1.1 skrll symbolS *sym;
2642 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2643 1.1 skrll
2644 1.1 skrll xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
2645 1.1 skrll yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
2646 1.1 skrll
2647 1.1 skrll if (ntok < 3)
2648 1.1 skrll rr = xr;
2649 1.1 skrll else
2650 1.1 skrll rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
2651 1.1 skrll
2652 1.1 skrll /* Move the operands into the right place. */
2653 1.1 skrll if (yr == AXP_REG_R16 && xr == AXP_REG_R17)
2654 1.1 skrll {
2655 1.1 skrll /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT. */
2656 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
2657 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2658 1.1 skrll
2659 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
2660 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2661 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2662 1.1 skrll
2663 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R17);
2664 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
2665 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2666 1.1 skrll
2667 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2668 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
2669 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2670 1.1 skrll }
2671 1.1 skrll else
2672 1.1 skrll {
2673 1.1 skrll if (yr == AXP_REG_R16)
2674 1.1 skrll {
2675 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
2676 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
2677 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2678 1.1 skrll }
2679 1.1 skrll
2680 1.1 skrll if (xr != AXP_REG_R16)
2681 1.1 skrll {
2682 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
2683 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
2684 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2685 1.1 skrll }
2686 1.1 skrll
2687 1.1 skrll if (yr != AXP_REG_R16 && yr != AXP_REG_R17)
2688 1.1 skrll {
2689 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
2690 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
2691 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2692 1.1 skrll }
2693 1.1 skrll }
2694 1.1 skrll
2695 1.1 skrll sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname);
2696 1.1 skrll
2697 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2698 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
2699 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 2, 1);
2700 1.1 skrll
2701 1.1 skrll /* Call the division routine. */
2702 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2703 1.1 skrll set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2704 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
2705 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 3, 1);
2706 1.1 skrll
2707 1.1 skrll /* Move the result to the right place. */
2708 1.1 skrll if (rr != AXP_REG_R0)
2709 1.1 skrll {
2710 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R0);
2711 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
2712 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2713 1.1 skrll }
2714 1.1 skrll }
2715 1.1 skrll
2716 1.1 skrll #else /* !OBJ_EVAX */
2717 1.1 skrll
2718 1.1 skrll static void
2719 1.1 skrll emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
2720 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2721 1.1 skrll const void * symname)
2722 1.1 skrll {
2723 1.1 skrll /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
2724 1.1 skrll Convert
2725 1.1 skrll OP x,y,result
2726 1.1 skrll to
2727 1.1 skrll lda pv,__OP
2728 1.1 skrll mov x,t10
2729 1.1 skrll mov y,t11
2730 1.1 skrll jsr t9,(pv),__OP
2731 1.1 skrll mov t12,result
2732 1.1 skrll
2733 1.1 skrll with appropriate optimizations if t10,t11,t12 are the registers
2734 1.1 skrll specified by the compiler. */
2735 1.1 skrll
2736 1.1 skrll int xr, yr, rr;
2737 1.1 skrll symbolS *sym;
2738 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2739 1.1 skrll
2740 1.1 skrll xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
2741 1.1 skrll yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
2742 1.1 skrll
2743 1.1 skrll if (ntok < 3)
2744 1.1 skrll rr = xr;
2745 1.1 skrll else
2746 1.1 skrll rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
2747 1.1 skrll
2748 1.1 skrll sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname);
2749 1.1 skrll
2750 1.1 skrll /* Move the operands into the right place. */
2751 1.1 skrll if (yr == AXP_REG_T10 && xr == AXP_REG_T11)
2752 1.1 skrll {
2753 1.1 skrll /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT. */
2754 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
2755 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2756 1.1 skrll
2757 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2758 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2759 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2760 1.1 skrll
2761 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T11);
2762 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2763 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2764 1.1 skrll
2765 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2766 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2767 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2768 1.1 skrll }
2769 1.1 skrll else
2770 1.1 skrll {
2771 1.1 skrll if (yr == AXP_REG_T10)
2772 1.1 skrll {
2773 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2774 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2775 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2776 1.1 skrll }
2777 1.1 skrll
2778 1.1 skrll if (xr != AXP_REG_T10)
2779 1.1 skrll {
2780 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
2781 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2782 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2783 1.1 skrll }
2784 1.1 skrll
2785 1.1 skrll if (yr != AXP_REG_T10 && yr != AXP_REG_T11)
2786 1.1 skrll {
2787 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
2788 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2789 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2790 1.1 skrll }
2791 1.1 skrll }
2792 1.1 skrll
2793 1.1 skrll /* Call the division routine. */
2794 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2795 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
2796 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 2, 1);
2797 1.1 skrll
2798 1.1 skrll /* Reload the GP register. */
2799 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
2800 1.1 skrll FIXME
2801 1.1 skrll #endif
2802 1.1 skrll #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
2803 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], alpha_gp_register);
2804 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2805 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
2806 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldgp", newtok, 3, 1);
2807 1.1 skrll #endif
2808 1.1 skrll
2809 1.1 skrll /* Move the result to the right place. */
2810 1.1 skrll if (rr != AXP_REG_T12)
2811 1.1 skrll {
2812 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T12);
2813 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
2814 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2815 1.1 skrll }
2816 1.1 skrll }
2817 1.1 skrll
2818 1.1 skrll #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
2819 1.1 skrll
2820 1.1 skrll /* The jsr and jmp macros differ from their instruction counterparts
2821 1.1 skrll in that they can load the target address and default most
2822 1.1 skrll everything. */
2823 1.1 skrll
2824 1.1 skrll static void
2825 1.1 skrll emit_jsrjmp (const expressionS *tok,
2826 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2827 1.1 skrll const void * vopname)
2828 1.1 skrll {
2829 1.1 skrll const char *opname = (const char *) vopname;
2830 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
2831 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2832 1.1 skrll int r, tokidx = 0;
2833 1.1 skrll long lituse = 0;
2834 1.1 skrll
2835 1.1 skrll if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
2836 1.1 skrll r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2837 1.1 skrll else
2838 1.1 skrll r = strcmp (opname, "jmp") == 0 ? AXP_REG_ZERO : AXP_REG_RA;
2839 1.1 skrll
2840 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
2841 1.1 skrll
2842 1.1 skrll if (tokidx < ntok &&
2843 1.1 skrll (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
2844 1.3 christos r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2845 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
2846 1.1 skrll /* Keep register if jsr $n.<sym>. */
2847 1.1 skrll #else
2848 1.1 skrll else
2849 1.1 skrll {
2850 1.1 skrll int basereg = alpha_gp_register;
2851 1.3 christos lituse = load_expression (r = AXP_REG_PV, &tok[tokidx],
2852 1.1 skrll &basereg, NULL, opname);
2853 1.1 skrll }
2854 1.1 skrll #endif
2855 1.1 skrll
2856 1.1 skrll set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
2857 1.1 skrll
2858 1.1 skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
2859 1.1 skrll if (tokidx < ntok)
2860 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
2861 1.1 skrll else
2862 1.3 christos #endif
2863 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
2864 1.1 skrll
2865 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn (opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
2866 1.1 skrll
2867 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2868 1.1 skrll {
2869 1.3 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2870 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR;
2871 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2872 1.3 christos insn.nfixups++;
2873 1.3 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2874 1.3 christos }
2875 1.3 christos
2876 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
2877 1.3 christos if (alpha_flag_replace
2878 1.3 christos && r == AXP_REG_RA
2879 1.3 christos && tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol
2880 1.3 christos && alpha_linkage_symbol)
2881 1.6 christos {
2882 1.3 christos /* Create a BOH reloc for 'jsr $27,NAME'. */
2883 1.3 christos const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
2884 1.3 christos int symlen = strlen (symname);
2885 1.3 christos char *ensymname;
2886 1.3 christos
2887 1.3 christos /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'. */
2888 1.3 christos ensymname = XNEWVEC (char, symlen + 5);
2889 1.3 christos memcpy (ensymname, symname, symlen);
2890 1.3 christos memcpy (ensymname + symlen, "..en", 5);
2891 1.3 christos
2892 1.3 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2893 1.3 christos if (insn.nfixups > 0)
2894 1.3 christos {
2895 1.3 christos memmove (&insn.fixups[1], &insn.fixups[0],
2896 1.3 christos sizeof(struct alpha_fixup) * insn.nfixups);
2897 1.3 christos }
2898 1.3 christos
2899 1.3 christos /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP
2900 1.3 christos case in load_expression. See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS
2901 1.3 christos Linker Utility Manual. */
2902 1.3 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH;
2903 1.6 christos insn.fixups[0].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
2904 1.3 christos insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
2905 1.3 christos insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_number = 0;
2906 1.3 christos insn.fixups[0].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
2907 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
2908 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2909 1.1 skrll alpha_linkage_symbol = 0;
2910 1.1 skrll free (ensymname);
2911 1.1 skrll }
2912 1.1 skrll #endif
2913 1.1 skrll
2914 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2915 1.1 skrll }
2916 1.1 skrll
2917 1.1 skrll /* The ret and jcr instructions differ from their instruction
2918 1.1 skrll counterparts in that everything can be defaulted. */
2919 1.1 skrll
2920 1.1 skrll static void
2921 1.1 skrll emit_retjcr (const expressionS *tok,
2922 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2923 1.1 skrll const void * vopname)
2924 1.1 skrll {
2925 1.1 skrll const char *opname = (const char *) vopname;
2926 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2927 1.1 skrll int r, tokidx = 0;
2928 1.1 skrll
2929 1.1 skrll if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
2930 1.1 skrll r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2931 1.1 skrll else
2932 1.1 skrll r = AXP_REG_ZERO;
2933 1.1 skrll
2934 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
2935 1.1 skrll
2936 1.1 skrll if (tokidx < ntok &&
2937 1.1 skrll (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
2938 1.1 skrll r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2939 1.1 skrll else
2940 1.1 skrll r = AXP_REG_RA;
2941 1.1 skrll
2942 1.1 skrll set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
2943 1.1 skrll
2944 1.1 skrll if (tokidx < ntok)
2945 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
2946 1.1 skrll else
2947 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[2], strcmp (opname, "ret") == 0);
2948 1.3 christos
2949 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
2950 1.1 skrll }
2951 1.1 skrll
2952 1.1 skrll /* Implement the ldgp macro. */
2953 1.1 skrll
2954 1.1 skrll static void
2955 1.1 skrll emit_ldgp (const expressionS *tok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2956 1.1 skrll int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2957 1.1 skrll const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2958 1.1 skrll {
2959 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
2960 1.1 skrll FIXME
2961 1.1 skrll #endif
2962 1.1 skrll #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
2963 1.1 skrll /* from "ldgp r1,n(r2)", generate "ldah r1,X(R2); lda r1,Y(r1)"
2964 1.1 skrll with appropriate constants and relocations. */
2965 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
2966 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2967 1.1 skrll expressionS addend;
2968 1.1 skrll
2969 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
2970 1.1 skrll if (regno (tok[2].X_add_number) == AXP_REG_PV)
2971 1.1 skrll ecoff_set_gp_prolog_size (0);
2972 1.1 skrll #endif
2973 1.1 skrll
2974 1.1 skrll newtok[0] = tok[0];
2975 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2976 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = tok[2];
2977 1.1 skrll
2978 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldah", newtok, 3, &insn);
2979 1.1 skrll
2980 1.1 skrll addend = tok[1];
2981 1.1 skrll
2982 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
2983 1.1 skrll if (addend.X_op != O_constant)
2984 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("can not resolve expression"));
2985 1.1 skrll addend.X_op = O_symbol;
2986 1.1 skrll addend.X_add_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
2987 1.1 skrll #endif
2988 1.1 skrll
2989 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups = 1;
2990 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
2991 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
2992 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = next_sequence_num;
2993 1.1 skrll
2994 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2995 1.1 skrll
2996 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], tok[0].X_add_number);
2997 1.1 skrll
2998 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
2999 1.1 skrll
3000 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
3001 1.1 skrll addend.X_add_number += 4;
3002 1.1 skrll #endif
3003 1.1 skrll
3004 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups = 1;
3005 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
3006 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
3007 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = next_sequence_num--;
3008 1.1 skrll
3009 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
3010 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF || OBJ_ELF */
3011 1.1 skrll }
3012 1.1 skrll
3013 1.1 skrll /* The macro table. */
3014 1.1 skrll
3015 1.1 skrll static const struct alpha_macro alpha_macros[] =
3016 1.1 skrll {
3017 1.1 skrll /* Load/Store macros. */
3018 1.1 skrll { "lda", emit_lda, NULL,
3019 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3020 1.1 skrll { "ldah", emit_ldah, NULL,
3021 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3022 1.1 skrll
3023 1.1 skrll { "ldl", emit_ir_load, "ldl",
3024 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3025 1.1 skrll { "ldl_l", emit_ir_load, "ldl_l",
3026 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3027 1.1 skrll { "ldq", emit_ir_load, "ldq",
3028 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3029 1.1 skrll { "ldq_l", emit_ir_load, "ldq_l",
3030 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3031 1.1 skrll { "ldq_u", emit_ir_load, "ldq_u",
3032 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3033 1.1 skrll { "ldf", emit_loadstore, "ldf",
3034 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3035 1.1 skrll { "ldg", emit_loadstore, "ldg",
3036 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3037 1.1 skrll { "lds", emit_loadstore, "lds",
3038 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3039 1.1 skrll { "ldt", emit_loadstore, "ldt",
3040 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3041 1.1 skrll
3042 1.1 skrll { "ldb", emit_ldX, (void *) 0,
3043 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3044 1.1 skrll { "ldbu", emit_ldXu, (void *) 0,
3045 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3046 1.1 skrll { "ldw", emit_ldX, (void *) 1,
3047 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3048 1.1 skrll { "ldwu", emit_ldXu, (void *) 1,
3049 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3050 1.1 skrll
3051 1.1 skrll { "uldw", emit_uldX, (void *) 1,
3052 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3053 1.1 skrll { "uldwu", emit_uldXu, (void *) 1,
3054 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3055 1.1 skrll { "uldl", emit_uldX, (void *) 2,
3056 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3057 1.1 skrll { "uldlu", emit_uldXu, (void *) 2,
3058 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3059 1.1 skrll { "uldq", emit_uldXu, (void *) 3,
3060 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3061 1.1 skrll
3062 1.1 skrll { "ldgp", emit_ldgp, NULL,
3063 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3064 1.1 skrll
3065 1.1 skrll { "ldi", emit_lda, NULL,
3066 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3067 1.1 skrll { "ldil", emit_ldil, NULL,
3068 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3069 1.1 skrll { "ldiq", emit_lda, NULL,
3070 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3071 1.1 skrll
3072 1.1 skrll { "stl", emit_loadstore, "stl",
3073 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3074 1.1 skrll { "stl_c", emit_loadstore, "stl_c",
3075 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3076 1.1 skrll { "stq", emit_loadstore, "stq",
3077 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3078 1.1 skrll { "stq_c", emit_loadstore, "stq_c",
3079 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3080 1.1 skrll { "stq_u", emit_loadstore, "stq_u",
3081 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3082 1.1 skrll { "stf", emit_loadstore, "stf",
3083 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3084 1.1 skrll { "stg", emit_loadstore, "stg",
3085 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3086 1.1 skrll { "sts", emit_loadstore, "sts",
3087 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3088 1.1 skrll { "stt", emit_loadstore, "stt",
3089 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3090 1.1 skrll
3091 1.1 skrll { "stb", emit_stX, (void *) 0,
3092 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3093 1.1 skrll { "stw", emit_stX, (void *) 1,
3094 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3095 1.1 skrll { "ustw", emit_ustX, (void *) 1,
3096 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3097 1.1 skrll { "ustl", emit_ustX, (void *) 2,
3098 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3099 1.1 skrll { "ustq", emit_ustX, (void *) 3,
3100 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3101 1.1 skrll
3102 1.1 skrll /* Arithmetic macros. */
3103 1.1 skrll
3104 1.1 skrll { "sextb", emit_sextX, (void *) 0,
3105 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3106 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3107 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3108 1.1 skrll { "sextw", emit_sextX, (void *) 1,
3109 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3110 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3111 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3112 1.1 skrll
3113 1.1 skrll { "divl", emit_division, "__divl",
3114 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3115 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3116 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3117 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3118 1.1 skrll { "divlu", emit_division, "__divlu",
3119 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3120 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3121 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3122 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3123 1.1 skrll { "divq", emit_division, "__divq",
3124 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3125 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3126 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3127 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3128 1.1 skrll { "divqu", emit_division, "__divqu",
3129 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3130 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3131 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3132 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3133 1.1 skrll { "reml", emit_division, "__reml",
3134 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3135 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3136 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3137 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3138 1.1 skrll { "remlu", emit_division, "__remlu",
3139 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3140 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3141 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3142 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3143 1.1 skrll { "remq", emit_division, "__remq",
3144 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3145 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3146 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3147 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3148 1.1 skrll { "remqu", emit_division, "__remqu",
3149 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3150 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3151 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3152 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3153 1.1 skrll
3154 1.1 skrll { "jsr", emit_jsrjmp, "jsr",
3155 1.1 skrll { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3156 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3157 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3158 1.1 skrll MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3159 1.1 skrll { "jmp", emit_jsrjmp, "jmp",
3160 1.1 skrll { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3161 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3162 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3163 1.1 skrll MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3164 1.1 skrll { "ret", emit_retjcr, "ret",
3165 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3166 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3167 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3168 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3169 1.1 skrll MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3170 1.1 skrll MACRO_EOA } },
3171 1.1 skrll { "jcr", emit_retjcr, "jcr",
3172 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3173 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3174 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3175 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3176 1.1 skrll MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3177 1.1 skrll MACRO_EOA } },
3178 1.1 skrll { "jsr_coroutine", emit_retjcr, "jcr",
3179 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3180 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3181 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3182 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3183 1.1 skrll MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3184 1.1 skrll MACRO_EOA } },
3185 1.1 skrll };
3186 1.1 skrll
3187 1.1 skrll static const unsigned int alpha_num_macros
3188 1.1 skrll = sizeof (alpha_macros) / sizeof (*alpha_macros);
3189 1.1 skrll
3190 1.1 skrll /* Search forward through all variants of a macro looking for a syntax
3191 1.1 skrll match. */
3192 1.1 skrll
3193 1.1 skrll static const struct alpha_macro *
3194 1.1 skrll find_macro_match (const struct alpha_macro *first_macro,
3195 1.1 skrll const expressionS *tok,
3196 1.1 skrll int *pntok)
3197 1.1 skrll
3198 1.1 skrll {
3199 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_macro *macro = first_macro;
3200 1.1 skrll int ntok = *pntok;
3201 1.1 skrll
3202 1.1 skrll do
3203 1.1 skrll {
3204 1.1 skrll const enum alpha_macro_arg *arg = macro->argsets;
3205 1.1 skrll int tokidx = 0;
3206 1.1 skrll
3207 1.1 skrll while (*arg)
3208 1.1 skrll {
3209 1.1 skrll switch (*arg)
3210 1.1 skrll {
3211 1.1 skrll case MACRO_EOA:
3212 1.1 skrll if (tokidx == ntok)
3213 1.1 skrll return macro;
3214 1.1 skrll else
3215 1.1 skrll tokidx = 0;
3216 1.1 skrll break;
3217 1.1 skrll
3218 1.1 skrll /* Index register. */
3219 1.1 skrll case MACRO_IR:
3220 1.1 skrll if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
3221 1.1 skrll || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3222 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
3223 1.1 skrll ++tokidx;
3224 1.1 skrll break;
3225 1.1 skrll
3226 1.1 skrll /* Parenthesized index register. */
3227 1.1 skrll case MACRO_PIR:
3228 1.1 skrll if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
3229 1.1 skrll || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3230 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
3231 1.1 skrll ++tokidx;
3232 1.1 skrll break;
3233 1.1 skrll
3234 1.1 skrll /* Optional parenthesized index register. */
3235 1.1 skrll case MACRO_OPIR:
3236 1.1 skrll if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister
3237 1.1 skrll && is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3238 1.1 skrll ++tokidx;
3239 1.1 skrll break;
3240 1.1 skrll
3241 1.1 skrll /* Leading comma with a parenthesized index register. */
3242 1.1 skrll case MACRO_CPIR:
3243 1.1 skrll if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
3244 1.1 skrll || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3245 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
3246 1.1 skrll ++tokidx;
3247 1.1 skrll break;
3248 1.1 skrll
3249 1.1 skrll /* Floating point register. */
3250 1.1 skrll case MACRO_FPR:
3251 1.1 skrll if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
3252 1.1 skrll || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3253 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
3254 1.1 skrll ++tokidx;
3255 1.1 skrll break;
3256 1.1 skrll
3257 1.1 skrll /* Normal expression. */
3258 1.1 skrll case MACRO_EXP:
3259 1.1 skrll if (tokidx >= ntok)
3260 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
3261 1.1 skrll switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
3262 1.1 skrll {
3263 1.1 skrll case O_illegal:
3264 1.1 skrll case O_absent:
3265 1.1 skrll case O_register:
3266 1.1 skrll case O_pregister:
3267 1.1 skrll case O_cpregister:
3268 1.1 skrll case O_literal:
3269 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_base:
3270 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_bytoff:
3271 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_jsr:
3272 1.1 skrll case O_gpdisp:
3273 1.1 skrll case O_gprelhigh:
3274 1.1 skrll case O_gprellow:
3275 1.1 skrll case O_gprel:
3276 1.1 skrll case O_samegp:
3277 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
3278 1.1 skrll
3279 1.1 skrll default:
3280 1.1 skrll break;
3281 1.1 skrll }
3282 1.1 skrll ++tokidx;
3283 1.1 skrll break;
3284 1.1 skrll
3285 1.1 skrll match_failed:
3286 1.1 skrll while (*arg != MACRO_EOA)
3287 1.1 skrll ++arg;
3288 1.1 skrll tokidx = 0;
3289 1.1 skrll break;
3290 1.1 skrll }
3291 1.1 skrll ++arg;
3292 1.1 skrll }
3293 1.1 skrll }
3294 1.1 skrll while (++macro - alpha_macros < (int) alpha_num_macros
3295 1.1 skrll && !strcmp (macro->name, first_macro->name));
3296 1.1 skrll
3297 1.1 skrll return NULL;
3298 1.1 skrll }
3299 1.1 skrll
3300 1.1 skrll /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, take the
3301 1.1 skrll opcode all the way through emission. */
3302 1.1 skrll
3303 1.1 skrll static void
3304 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (const char *opname,
3305 1.1 skrll const expressionS *tok,
3306 1.3 christos int ntok,
3307 1.1 skrll int local_macros_on)
3308 1.1 skrll {
3309 1.1 skrll int found_something = 0;
3310 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
3311 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_macro *macro;
3312 1.1 skrll int cpumatch = 1;
3313 1.1 skrll extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
3314 1.1 skrll
3315 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
3316 1.1 skrll /* If a user-specified relocation is present, this is not a macro. */
3317 1.1 skrll if (ntok && USER_RELOC_P (tok[ntok - 1].X_op))
3318 1.1 skrll {
3319 1.9 christos reloc = ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE (tok[ntok - 1].X_op)->reloc;
3320 1.9 christos ntok--;
3321 1.1 skrll }
3322 1.1 skrll else
3323 1.1 skrll #endif
3324 1.1 skrll if (local_macros_on)
3325 1.1 skrll {
3326 1.1 skrll macro = (const struct alpha_macro *) str_hash_find (alpha_macro_hash,
3327 1.1 skrll opname);
3328 1.1 skrll if (macro)
3329 1.1 skrll {
3330 1.1 skrll found_something = 1;
3331 1.1 skrll macro = find_macro_match (macro, tok, &ntok);
3332 1.1 skrll if (macro)
3333 1.1 skrll {
3334 1.9 christos (*macro->emit) (tok, ntok, macro->arg);
3335 1.9 christos return;
3336 1.1 skrll }
3337 1.1 skrll }
3338 1.1 skrll }
3339 1.1 skrll
3340 1.1 skrll /* Search opcodes. */
3341 1.1 skrll opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) str_hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash,
3342 1.1 skrll opname);
3343 1.1 skrll if (opcode)
3344 1.1 skrll {
3345 1.1 skrll found_something = 1;
3346 1.1 skrll opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
3347 1.1 skrll if (opcode)
3348 1.1 skrll {
3349 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
3350 1.1 skrll assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, &insn, reloc);
3351 1.1 skrll
3352 1.1 skrll /* Copy the sequence number for the reloc from the reloc token. */
3353 1.1 skrll if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
3354 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = tok[ntok].X_add_number;
3355 1.1 skrll
3356 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
3357 1.1 skrll return;
3358 1.1 skrll }
3359 1.1 skrll }
3360 1.1 skrll
3361 1.1 skrll if (found_something)
3362 1.1 skrll {
3363 1.1 skrll if (cpumatch)
3364 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
3365 1.1 skrll else
3366 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
3367 1.1 skrll alpha_target_name);
3368 1.4 christos }
3369 1.7 christos else
3370 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
3371 1.1 skrll }
3372 1.1 skrll
3373 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3375 1.1 skrll
3376 1.4 christos /* Add sym+addend to link pool.
3377 1.1 skrll Return offset from current procedure value (pv) to entry in link pool.
3378 1.1 skrll
3379 1.1 skrll Add new fixup only if offset isn't 16bit. */
3380 1.1 skrll
3381 1.1 skrll static symbolS *
3382 1.3 christos add_to_link_pool (symbolS *sym, offsetT addend)
3383 1.3 christos {
3384 1.5 christos symbolS *basesym;
3385 1.4 christos segT current_section = now_seg;
3386 1.1 skrll int current_subsec = now_subseg;
3387 1.1 skrll char *p;
3388 1.1 skrll segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (alpha_link_section);
3389 1.1 skrll fixS *fixp;
3390 1.1 skrll symbolS *linksym, *expsym;
3391 1.1 skrll expressionS e;
3392 1.1 skrll
3393 1.1 skrll basesym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
3394 1.3 christos
3395 1.1 skrll /* @@ This assumes all entries in a given section will be of the same
3396 1.3 christos size... Probably correct, but unwise to rely on. */
3397 1.3 christos /* This must always be called with the same subsegment. */
3398 1.3 christos
3399 1.3 christos if (seginfo->frchainP)
3400 1.8 christos for (fixp = seginfo->frchainP->fix_root;
3401 1.8 christos fixp != (fixS *) NULL;
3402 1.8 christos fixp = fixp->fx_next)
3403 1.3 christos {
3404 1.1 skrll if (fixp->fx_addsy == sym
3405 1.1 skrll && fixp->fx_offset == (valueT)addend
3406 1.4 christos && fixp->tc_fix_data.info
3407 1.1 skrll && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym
3408 1.9 christos && symbol_symbolS (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)
3409 1.1 skrll && (symbol_get_value_expression (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)
3410 1.1 skrll ->X_op_symbol == basesym))
3411 1.1 skrll return fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym;
3412 1.4 christos }
3413 1.3 christos
3414 1.3 christos /* Not found, add a new entry. */
3415 1.3 christos subseg_set (alpha_link_section, 0);
3416 1.3 christos linksym = symbol_new (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, frag_now, frag_now_fix ());
3417 1.3 christos p = frag_more (8);
3418 1.3 christos memset (p, 0, 8);
3419 1.4 christos
3420 1.3 christos /* Create a symbol for 'basesym - linksym' (offset of the added entry). */
3421 1.4 christos e.X_op = O_subtract;
3422 1.3 christos e.X_add_symbol = linksym;
3423 1.3 christos e.X_op_symbol = basesym;
3424 1.1 skrll e.X_add_number = 0;
3425 1.1 skrll expsym = make_expr_symbol (&e);
3426 1.4 christos
3427 1.4 christos /* Create a fixup for the entry. */
3428 1.3 christos fixp = fix_new
3429 1.1 skrll (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, sym, addend, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
3430 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
3431 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym = expsym;
3432 1.1 skrll
3433 1.1 skrll subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
3434 1.1 skrll
3435 1.1 skrll /* Return the symbol. */
3436 1.1 skrll return expsym;
3437 1.1 skrll }
3438 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
3439 1.1 skrll
3440 1.1 skrll /* Assembler directives. */
3442 1.1 skrll
3443 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .text pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3444 1.1 skrll clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3445 1.3 christos
3446 1.3 christos static void
3447 1.3 christos s_alpha_text (int i)
3448 1.3 christos {
3449 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
3450 1.3 christos obj_elf_text (i);
3451 1.3 christos #else
3452 1.3 christos s_text (i);
3453 1.3 christos #endif
3454 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3455 1.3 christos {
3456 1.3 christos symbolS * symbolP;
3457 1.3 christos
3458 1.1 skrll symbolP = symbol_find (".text");
3459 1.1 skrll if (symbolP == NULL)
3460 1.1 skrll {
3461 1.1 skrll symbolP = symbol_make (".text");
3462 1.1 skrll S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, text_section);
3463 1.1 skrll symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
3464 1.1 skrll }
3465 1.1 skrll }
3466 1.1 skrll #endif
3467 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3468 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3469 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
3470 1.1 skrll }
3471 1.1 skrll
3472 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .data pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3473 1.1 skrll clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3474 1.1 skrll
3475 1.1 skrll static void
3476 1.1 skrll s_alpha_data (int i)
3477 1.1 skrll {
3478 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
3479 1.1 skrll obj_elf_data (i);
3480 1.1 skrll #else
3481 1.3 christos s_data (i);
3482 1.1 skrll #endif
3483 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3484 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3485 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
3486 1.1 skrll }
3487 1.1 skrll
3488 1.1 skrll #if defined (OBJ_ECOFF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
3489 1.3 christos
3490 1.1 skrll /* Handle the OSF/1 and openVMS .comm pseudo quirks. */
3491 1.1 skrll
3492 1.3 christos static void
3493 1.3 christos s_alpha_comm (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3494 1.1 skrll {
3495 1.1 skrll char *name;
3496 1.5 christos char c;
3497 1.1 skrll char *p;
3498 1.1 skrll offsetT size;
3499 1.1 skrll symbolS *symbolP;
3500 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3501 1.1 skrll offsetT temp;
3502 1.5 christos int log_align = 0;
3503 1.1 skrll #endif
3504 1.1 skrll
3505 1.1 skrll c = get_symbol_name (&name);
3506 1.1 skrll
3507 1.1 skrll /* Just after name is now '\0'. */
3508 1.1 skrll p = input_line_pointer;
3509 1.1 skrll *p = c;
3510 1.3 christos
3511 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
3512 1.3 christos
3513 1.1 skrll /* Alpha OSF/1 compiler doesn't provide the comma, gcc does. */
3514 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
3515 1.1 skrll {
3516 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
3517 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3518 1.1 skrll }
3519 1.3 christos if ((size = get_absolute_expression ()) < 0)
3520 1.3 christos {
3521 1.3 christos as_warn (_(".COMMon length (%ld.) <0! Ignored."), (long) size);
3522 1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
3523 1.3 christos return;
3524 1.3 christos }
3525 1.3 christos
3526 1.3 christos *p = 0;
3527 1.1 skrll symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
3528 1.1 skrll *p = c;
3529 1.3 christos
3530 1.3 christos if (S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) && ! S_IS_COMMON (symbolP))
3531 1.3 christos {
3532 1.3 christos as_bad (_("Ignoring attempt to re-define symbol"));
3533 1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
3534 1.3 christos return;
3535 1.3 christos }
3536 1.3 christos
3537 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3538 1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
3539 1.3 christos temp = 8; /* Default alignment. */
3540 1.3 christos else
3541 1.1 skrll {
3542 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
3543 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3544 1.3 christos temp = get_absolute_expression ();
3545 1.3 christos }
3546 1.3 christos
3547 1.1 skrll /* ??? Unlike on OSF/1, the alignment factor is not in log units. */
3548 1.3 christos while ((temp >>= 1) != 0)
3549 1.3 christos ++log_align;
3550 1.3 christos
3551 1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
3552 1.6 christos {
3553 1.3 christos /* Extended form of the directive
3554 1.3 christos
3555 1.3 christos .comm symbol, size, alignment, section
3556 1.3 christos
3557 1.5 christos where the "common" semantics is transferred to the section.
3558 1.1 skrll The symbol is effectively an alias for the section name. */
3559 1.3 christos
3560 1.3 christos segT sec;
3561 1.3 christos const char *sec_name;
3562 1.3 christos symbolS *sec_symbol;
3563 1.3 christos segT current_seg = now_seg;
3564 1.3 christos subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
3565 1.3 christos int cur_size;
3566 1.3 christos
3567 1.3 christos input_line_pointer++;
3568 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3569 1.3 christos sec_name = s_alpha_section_name ();
3570 1.3 christos sec_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (sec_name);
3571 1.3 christos sec = subseg_new (sec_name, 0);
3572 1.3 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (sec_symbol, sec);
3573 1.3 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (sec_symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
3574 1.3 christos bfd_vms_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, 0,
3575 1.3 christos EGPS__V_OVR | EGPS__V_GBL | EGPS__V_NOMOD);
3576 1.3 christos record_alignment (sec, log_align);
3577 1.3 christos
3578 1.3 christos /* Reuse stab_string_size to store the size of the section. */
3579 1.3 christos cur_size = seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size;
3580 1.3 christos if ((int) size > cur_size)
3581 1.3 christos {
3582 1.3 christos char *pfrag
3583 1.1 skrll = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, NULL,
3584 1.3 christos (valueT)size - (valueT)cur_size, NULL);
3585 1.3 christos *pfrag = 0;
3586 1.3 christos seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size = (int)size;
3587 1.3 christos }
3588 1.3 christos
3589 1.3 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, sec);
3590 1.3 christos
3591 1.3 christos subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
3592 1.3 christos }
3593 1.3 christos else
3594 1.3 christos {
3595 1.3 christos /* Regular form of the directive
3596 1.3 christos
3597 1.3 christos .comm symbol, size, alignment
3598 1.3 christos
3599 1.3 christos where the "common" semantics in on the symbol.
3600 1.3 christos These symbols are assembled in the .bss section. */
3601 1.4 christos
3602 1.3 christos char *pfrag;
3603 1.3 christos segT current_seg = now_seg;
3604 1.3 christos subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
3605 1.1 skrll
3606 1.3 christos subseg_set (bss_section, 1);
3607 1.1 skrll frag_align (log_align, 0, 0);
3608 1.3 christos record_alignment (bss_section, log_align);
3609 1.1 skrll
3610 1.3 christos symbol_set_frag (symbolP, frag_now);
3611 1.5 christos pfrag = frag_var (rs_org, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, symbolP,
3612 1.1 skrll size, NULL);
3613 1.1 skrll *pfrag = 0;
3614 1.3 christos
3615 1.3 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bss_section);
3616 1.3 christos
3617 1.3 christos subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
3618 1.3 christos }
3619 1.1 skrll #endif
3620 1.1 skrll
3621 1.1 skrll if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP))
3622 1.3 christos {
3623 1.3 christos if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) != (valueT) size)
3624 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("Length of .comm \"%s\" is already %ld. Not changed to %ld."),
3625 1.1 skrll S_GET_NAME (symbolP),
3626 1.1 skrll (long) S_GET_VALUE (symbolP),
3627 1.5 christos (long) size);
3628 1.3 christos }
3629 1.8 christos else
3630 1.1 skrll {
3631 1.1 skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
3632 1.1 skrll S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) size);
3633 1.1 skrll #endif
3634 1.1 skrll S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
3635 1.1 skrll }
3636 1.1 skrll
3637 1.1 skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
3638 1.1 skrll know (symbol_get_frag (symbolP) == &zero_address_frag);
3639 1.1 skrll #endif
3640 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3641 1.1 skrll }
3642 1.1 skrll
3643 1.1 skrll #endif /* ! OBJ_ELF */
3644 1.3 christos
3645 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
3646 1.1 skrll
3647 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .rdata pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3648 1.1 skrll clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3649 1.1 skrll
3650 1.1 skrll static void
3651 1.1 skrll s_alpha_rdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3652 1.1 skrll {
3653 1.1 skrll get_absolute_expression ();
3654 1.1 skrll subseg_new (".rdata", 0);
3655 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3656 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3657 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3658 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
3659 1.1 skrll }
3660 1.1 skrll
3661 1.1 skrll #endif
3662 1.3 christos
3663 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
3664 1.1 skrll
3665 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .sdata pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3666 1.1 skrll clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3667 1.1 skrll
3668 1.1 skrll static void
3669 1.1 skrll s_alpha_sdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3670 1.1 skrll {
3671 1.1 skrll get_absolute_expression ();
3672 1.1 skrll subseg_new (".sdata", 0);
3673 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3674 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3675 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3676 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
3677 1.1 skrll }
3678 1.1 skrll #endif
3679 1.1 skrll
3680 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
3681 1.1 skrll struct alpha_elf_frame_data
3682 1.1 skrll {
3683 1.1 skrll symbolS *func_sym;
3684 1.1 skrll symbolS *func_end_sym;
3685 1.1 skrll symbolS *prologue_sym;
3686 1.1 skrll unsigned int mask;
3687 1.1 skrll unsigned int fmask;
3688 1.1 skrll int fp_regno;
3689 1.1 skrll int ra_regno;
3690 1.1 skrll offsetT frame_size;
3691 1.1 skrll offsetT mask_offset;
3692 1.5 christos offsetT fmask_offset;
3693 1.5 christos
3694 1.1 skrll struct alpha_elf_frame_data *next;
3695 1.1 skrll };
3696 1.1 skrll
3697 1.1 skrll static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *all_frame_data;
3698 1.1 skrll static struct alpha_elf_frame_data **plast_frame_data = &all_frame_data;
3699 1.1 skrll static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *cur_frame_data;
3700 1.1 skrll
3701 1.1 skrll extern int all_cfi_sections;
3702 1.1 skrll
3703 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .section pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3704 1.1 skrll clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3705 1.1 skrll
3706 1.1 skrll static void
3707 1.1 skrll s_alpha_section (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3708 1.1 skrll {
3709 1.1 skrll obj_elf_section (ignore);
3710 1.1 skrll
3711 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3712 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3713 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
3714 1.1 skrll }
3715 1.5 christos
3716 1.5 christos static void
3717 1.5 christos s_alpha_ent (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3718 1.5 christos {
3719 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3720 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_ent (0);
3721 1.1 skrll else
3722 1.1 skrll {
3723 1.5 christos char *name, name_end;
3724 1.1 skrll
3725 1.1 skrll name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
3726 1.1 skrll /* CFI_EMIT_eh_frame is the default. */
3727 1.1 skrll all_cfi_sections = CFI_EMIT_eh_frame;
3728 1.1 skrll
3729 1.1 skrll if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
3730 1.1 skrll {
3731 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".ent directive has no name"));
3732 1.1 skrll (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
3733 1.1 skrll }
3734 1.1 skrll else
3735 1.6 christos {
3736 1.1 skrll symbolS *sym;
3737 1.1 skrll
3738 1.1 skrll if (cur_frame_data)
3739 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("nested .ent directives"));
3740 1.1 skrll
3741 1.1 skrll sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
3742 1.1 skrll symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
3743 1.1 skrll
3744 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data = XCNEW (struct alpha_elf_frame_data);
3745 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->func_sym = sym;
3746 1.1 skrll
3747 1.1 skrll /* Provide sensible defaults. */
3748 1.5 christos cur_frame_data->fp_regno = 30; /* sp */
3749 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->ra_regno = 26; /* ra */
3750 1.1 skrll
3751 1.1 skrll *plast_frame_data = cur_frame_data;
3752 1.1 skrll plast_frame_data = &cur_frame_data->next;
3753 1.1 skrll
3754 1.1 skrll /* The .ent directive is sometimes followed by a number. Not sure
3755 1.1 skrll what it really means, but ignore it. */
3756 1.1 skrll *input_line_pointer = name_end;
3757 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
3758 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
3759 1.1 skrll {
3760 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
3761 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3762 1.1 skrll }
3763 1.1 skrll if (ISDIGIT (*input_line_pointer) || *input_line_pointer == '-')
3764 1.1 skrll (void) get_absolute_expression ();
3765 1.1 skrll }
3766 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3767 1.1 skrll }
3768 1.1 skrll }
3769 1.5 christos
3770 1.5 christos static void
3771 1.1 skrll s_alpha_end (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3772 1.1 skrll {
3773 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3774 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_end (0);
3775 1.1 skrll else
3776 1.1 skrll {
3777 1.1 skrll char *name, name_end;
3778 1.1 skrll
3779 1.1 skrll name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
3780 1.1 skrll
3781 1.1 skrll if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
3782 1.1 skrll {
3783 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".end directive has no name"));
3784 1.1 skrll }
3785 1.1 skrll else
3786 1.1 skrll {
3787 1.1 skrll symbolS *sym;
3788 1.1 skrll
3789 1.1 skrll sym = symbol_find (name);
3790 1.6 christos if (!cur_frame_data)
3791 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".end directive without matching .ent"));
3792 1.1 skrll else if (sym != cur_frame_data->func_sym)
3793 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".end directive names different symbol than .ent"));
3794 1.1 skrll
3795 1.1 skrll /* Create an expression to calculate the size of the function. */
3796 1.1 skrll if (sym && cur_frame_data)
3797 1.1 skrll {
3798 1.1 skrll OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE *obj = symbol_get_obj (sym);
3799 1.1 skrll expressionS *exp = XNEW (expressionS);
3800 1.1 skrll
3801 1.1 skrll obj->size = exp;
3802 1.5 christos exp->X_op = O_subtract;
3803 1.1 skrll exp->X_add_symbol = symbol_temp_new_now ();
3804 1.5 christos exp->X_op_symbol = sym;
3805 1.1 skrll exp->X_add_number = 0;
3806 1.1 skrll
3807 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->func_end_sym = exp->X_add_symbol;
3808 1.1 skrll }
3809 1.1 skrll
3810 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data = NULL;
3811 1.1 skrll }
3812 1.1 skrll
3813 1.1 skrll (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
3814 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3815 1.1 skrll }
3816 1.1 skrll }
3817 1.1 skrll
3818 1.1 skrll static void
3819 1.1 skrll s_alpha_mask (int fp)
3820 1.1 skrll {
3821 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3822 1.1 skrll {
3823 1.1 skrll if (fp)
3824 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_fmask (0);
3825 1.1 skrll else
3826 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_mask (0);
3827 1.1 skrll }
3828 1.1 skrll else
3829 1.1 skrll {
3830 1.1 skrll long val;
3831 1.1 skrll offsetT offset;
3832 1.1 skrll
3833 1.1 skrll if (!cur_frame_data)
3834 1.1 skrll {
3835 1.1 skrll if (fp)
3836 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".fmask outside of .ent"));
3837 1.1 skrll else
3838 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".mask outside of .ent"));
3839 1.1 skrll discard_rest_of_line ();
3840 1.1 skrll return;
3841 1.1 skrll }
3842 1.1 skrll
3843 1.1 skrll if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
3844 1.1 skrll {
3845 1.1 skrll if (fp)
3846 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("bad .fmask directive"));
3847 1.1 skrll else
3848 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("bad .mask directive"));
3849 1.1 skrll --input_line_pointer;
3850 1.1 skrll discard_rest_of_line ();
3851 1.1 skrll return;
3852 1.1 skrll }
3853 1.1 skrll
3854 1.1 skrll offset = get_absolute_expression ();
3855 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3856 1.1 skrll
3857 1.1 skrll if (fp)
3858 1.1 skrll {
3859 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->fmask = val;
3860 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->fmask_offset = offset;
3861 1.1 skrll }
3862 1.1 skrll else
3863 1.1 skrll {
3864 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->mask = val;
3865 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->mask_offset = offset;
3866 1.1 skrll }
3867 1.1 skrll }
3868 1.1 skrll }
3869 1.1 skrll
3870 1.1 skrll static void
3871 1.1 skrll s_alpha_frame (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3872 1.1 skrll {
3873 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3874 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_frame (0);
3875 1.1 skrll else
3876 1.1 skrll {
3877 1.1 skrll long val;
3878 1.1 skrll
3879 1.1 skrll if (!cur_frame_data)
3880 1.1 skrll {
3881 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".frame outside of .ent"));
3882 1.1 skrll discard_rest_of_line ();
3883 1.1 skrll return;
3884 1.1 skrll }
3885 1.1 skrll
3886 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->fp_regno = tc_get_register (1);
3887 1.1 skrll
3888 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3889 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
3890 1.1 skrll || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
3891 1.1 skrll {
3892 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("bad .frame directive"));
3893 1.1 skrll --input_line_pointer;
3894 1.1 skrll discard_rest_of_line ();
3895 1.1 skrll return;
3896 1.1 skrll }
3897 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->frame_size = val;
3898 1.1 skrll
3899 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->ra_regno = tc_get_register (0);
3900 1.1 skrll
3901 1.1 skrll /* Next comes the "offset of saved $a0 from $sp". In gcc terms
3902 1.1 skrll this is current_function_pretend_args_size. There's no place
3903 1.1 skrll to put this value, so ignore it. */
3904 1.1 skrll s_ignore (42);
3905 1.1 skrll }
3906 1.1 skrll }
3907 1.9 christos
3908 1.9 christos static void
3909 1.1 skrll s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3910 1.1 skrll {
3911 1.1 skrll symbolS *sym;
3912 1.1 skrll int arg;
3913 1.1 skrll
3914 1.1 skrll arg = get_absolute_expression ();
3915 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3916 1.1 skrll alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, frag_now,
3917 1.1 skrll frag_now_fix ());
3918 1.1 skrll
3919 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3920 1.1 skrll sym = ecoff_get_cur_proc_sym ();
3921 1.1 skrll else
3922 1.1 skrll sym = cur_frame_data ? cur_frame_data->func_sym : NULL;
3923 1.1 skrll
3924 1.1 skrll if (sym == NULL)
3925 1.1 skrll {
3926 1.1 skrll as_bad (_(".prologue directive without a preceding .ent directive"));
3927 1.1 skrll return;
3928 1.1 skrll }
3929 1.1 skrll
3930 1.1 skrll switch (arg)
3931 1.1 skrll {
3932 1.1 skrll case 0: /* No PV required. */
3933 1.1 skrll S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_NOPV
3934 1.1 skrll | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
3935 1.1 skrll break;
3936 1.1 skrll case 1: /* Std GP load. */
3937 1.1 skrll S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD
3938 1.1 skrll | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
3939 1.1 skrll break;
3940 1.1 skrll case 2: /* Non-std use of PV. */
3941 1.1 skrll break;
3942 1.1 skrll
3943 1.1 skrll default:
3944 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("Invalid argument %d to .prologue."), arg);
3945 1.1 skrll break;
3946 1.1 skrll }
3947 1.1 skrll
3948 1.1 skrll if (cur_frame_data)
3949 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->prologue_sym = symbol_temp_new_now ();
3950 1.1 skrll }
3951 1.1 skrll
3952 1.1 skrll static char *first_file_directive;
3953 1.1 skrll
3954 1.1 skrll static void
3955 1.1 skrll s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3956 1.1 skrll {
3957 1.1 skrll /* Save the first .file directive we see, so that we can change our
3958 1.6 christos minds about whether ecoff debugging should or shouldn't be enabled. */
3959 1.1 skrll if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0 && ! first_file_directive)
3960 1.1 skrll {
3961 1.1 skrll char *start = input_line_pointer;
3962 1.1 skrll size_t len;
3963 1.1 skrll
3964 1.1 skrll discard_rest_of_line ();
3965 1.1 skrll
3966 1.1 skrll len = input_line_pointer - start;
3967 1.1 skrll first_file_directive = xmemdup0 (start, len);
3968 1.1 skrll
3969 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = start;
3970 1.1 skrll }
3971 1.1 skrll
3972 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3973 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_file (0);
3974 1.1 skrll else
3975 1.1 skrll dwarf2_directive_file (0);
3976 1.1 skrll }
3977 1.1 skrll
3978 1.1 skrll static void
3979 1.1 skrll s_alpha_loc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3980 1.1 skrll {
3981 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3982 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_loc (0);
3983 1.1 skrll else
3984 1.1 skrll dwarf2_directive_loc (0);
3985 1.8 christos }
3986 1.8 christos
3987 1.1 skrll static void
3988 1.1 skrll s_alpha_stab (int n)
3989 1.1 skrll {
3990 1.1 skrll /* If we've been undecided about mdebug, make up our minds in favour. */
3991 1.1 skrll if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0)
3992 1.1 skrll {
3993 1.1 skrll segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", 0);
3994 1.1 skrll bfd_set_section_flags (sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
3995 1.1 skrll bfd_set_section_alignment (sec, 3);
3996 1.1 skrll
3997 1.1 skrll ecoff_read_begin_hook ();
3998 1.1 skrll
3999 1.1 skrll if (first_file_directive)
4000 1.1 skrll {
4001 1.1 skrll char *save_ilp = input_line_pointer;
4002 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = first_file_directive;
4003 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_file (0);
4004 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = save_ilp;
4005 1.1 skrll free (first_file_directive);
4006 1.1 skrll }
4007 1.1 skrll
4008 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
4009 1.1 skrll }
4010 1.1 skrll s_stab (n);
4011 1.1 skrll }
4012 1.1 skrll
4013 1.1 skrll static void
4014 1.1 skrll s_alpha_coff_wrapper (int which)
4015 1.1 skrll {
4016 1.1 skrll static void (* const fns[]) (int) = {
4017 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_begin,
4018 1.3 christos ecoff_directive_bend,
4019 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_def,
4020 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_dim,
4021 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_endef,
4022 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_scl,
4023 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_tag,
4024 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_val,
4025 1.1 skrll };
4026 1.1 skrll
4027 1.1 skrll gas_assert (which >= 0 && which < (int) (sizeof (fns)/sizeof (*fns)));
4028 1.1 skrll
4029 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
4030 1.1 skrll (*fns[which]) (0);
4031 1.1 skrll else
4032 1.1 skrll {
4033 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("ECOFF debugging is disabled."));
4034 1.1 skrll ignore_rest_of_line ();
4035 1.1 skrll }
4036 1.1 skrll }
4037 1.1 skrll
4038 1.1 skrll /* Called at the end of assembly. Here we emit unwind info for frames
4039 1.1 skrll unless the compiler has done it for us. */
4040 1.1 skrll
4041 1.1 skrll void
4042 1.1 skrll alpha_elf_md_end (void)
4043 1.1 skrll {
4044 1.4 christos struct alpha_elf_frame_data *p;
4045 1.4 christos
4046 1.4 christos if (cur_frame_data)
4047 1.4 christos as_warn (_(".ent directive without matching .end"));
4048 1.4 christos
4049 1.4 christos /* If someone has generated the unwind info themselves, great. */
4050 1.4 christos if (bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, ".eh_frame") != NULL)
4051 1.4 christos return;
4052 1.1 skrll
4053 1.1 skrll /* ??? In theory we could look for functions for which we have
4054 1.1 skrll generated unwind info via CFI directives, and those we have not.
4055 1.1 skrll Those we have not could still get their unwind info from here.
4056 1.1 skrll For now, do nothing if we've seen any CFI directives. Note that
4057 1.1 skrll the above test will not trigger, as we've not emitted data yet. */
4058 1.1 skrll if (all_fde_data != NULL)
4059 1.9 christos return;
4060 1.9 christos
4061 1.1 skrll /* Generate .eh_frame data for the unwind directives specified. */
4062 1.5 christos for (p = all_frame_data; p ; p = p->next)
4063 1.1 skrll if (p->prologue_sym)
4064 1.1 skrll {
4065 1.1 skrll /* Create a temporary symbol at the same location as our
4066 1.1 skrll function symbol. This prevents problems with globals. */
4067 1.1 skrll cfi_new_fde (symbol_temp_new (S_GET_SEGMENT (p->func_sym),
4068 1.1 skrll symbol_get_frag (p->func_sym),
4069 1.1 skrll S_GET_VALUE (p->func_sym)));
4070 1.1 skrll
4071 1.1 skrll cfi_set_sections ();
4072 1.1 skrll cfi_set_return_column (p->ra_regno);
4073 1.1 skrll cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
4074 1.1 skrll if (p->fp_regno != 30 || p->mask || p->fmask || p->frame_size)
4075 1.1 skrll {
4076 1.1 skrll unsigned int mask;
4077 1.1 skrll offsetT offset;
4078 1.1 skrll
4079 1.1 skrll cfi_add_advance_loc (p->prologue_sym);
4080 1.1 skrll
4081 1.1 skrll if (p->fp_regno != 30)
4082 1.1 skrll if (p->frame_size != 0)
4083 1.1 skrll cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (p->fp_regno, p->frame_size);
4084 1.1 skrll else
4085 1.1 skrll cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (p->fp_regno);
4086 1.1 skrll else if (p->frame_size != 0)
4087 1.1 skrll cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_offset (p->frame_size);
4088 1.1 skrll
4089 1.1 skrll mask = p->mask;
4090 1.1 skrll offset = p->mask_offset;
4091 1.1 skrll
4092 1.1 skrll /* Recall that $26 is special-cased and stored first. */
4093 1.1 skrll if ((mask >> 26) & 1)
4094 1.1 skrll {
4095 1.1 skrll cfi_add_CFA_offset (26, offset);
4096 1.1 skrll offset += 8;
4097 1.1 skrll mask &= ~(1 << 26);
4098 1.1 skrll }
4099 1.1 skrll while (mask)
4100 1.1 skrll {
4101 1.1 skrll unsigned int i;
4102 1.1 skrll i = mask & -mask;
4103 1.1 skrll mask ^= i;
4104 1.1 skrll i = ffs (i) - 1;
4105 1.1 skrll
4106 1.1 skrll cfi_add_CFA_offset (i, offset);
4107 1.1 skrll offset += 8;
4108 1.1 skrll }
4109 1.1 skrll
4110 1.1 skrll mask = p->fmask;
4111 1.1 skrll offset = p->fmask_offset;
4112 1.1 skrll while (mask)
4113 1.1 skrll {
4114 1.1 skrll unsigned int i;
4115 1.1 skrll i = mask & -mask;
4116 1.1 skrll mask ^= i;
4117 1.1 skrll i = ffs (i) - 1;
4118 1.1 skrll
4119 1.1 skrll cfi_add_CFA_offset (i + 32, offset);
4120 1.1 skrll offset += 8;
4121 1.1 skrll }
4122 1.1 skrll }
4123 1.1 skrll
4124 1.1 skrll cfi_end_fde (p->func_end_sym);
4125 1.1 skrll }
4126 1.1 skrll }
4127 1.5 christos
4128 1.1 skrll static void
4129 1.1 skrll s_alpha_usepv (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4130 1.1 skrll {
4131 1.1 skrll char *name, name_end;
4132 1.5 christos char *which, which_end;
4133 1.1 skrll symbolS *sym;
4134 1.1 skrll int other;
4135 1.1 skrll
4136 1.1 skrll name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
4137 1.1 skrll
4138 1.5 christos if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
4139 1.5 christos {
4140 1.5 christos as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no name"));
4141 1.1 skrll (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4142 1.1 skrll ignore_rest_of_line ();
4143 1.1 skrll return;
4144 1.1 skrll }
4145 1.1 skrll
4146 1.1 skrll sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4147 1.1 skrll name_end = restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4148 1.1 skrll if (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) name_end])
4149 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
4150 1.5 christos
4151 1.5 christos if (name_end != ',')
4152 1.1 skrll {
4153 1.1 skrll as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no type"));
4154 1.1 skrll ignore_rest_of_line ();
4155 1.1 skrll return;
4156 1.1 skrll }
4157 1.1 skrll
4158 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4159 1.1 skrll
4160 1.1 skrll which_end = get_symbol_name (&which);
4161 1.1 skrll
4162 1.1 skrll if (strcmp (which, "no") == 0)
4163 1.5 christos other = STO_ALPHA_NOPV;
4164 1.1 skrll else if (strcmp (which, "std") == 0)
4165 1.1 skrll other = STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD;
4166 1.1 skrll else
4167 1.1 skrll {
4168 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("unknown argument for .usepv"));
4169 1.1 skrll other = 0;
4170 1.1 skrll }
4171 1.1 skrll
4172 1.1 skrll (void) restore_line_pointer (which_end);
4173 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4174 1.1 skrll
4175 1.1 skrll S_SET_OTHER (sym, other | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
4176 1.1 skrll }
4177 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
4178 1.1 skrll
4179 1.1 skrll /* Standard calling conventions leaves the CFA at $30 on entry. */
4180 1.3 christos
4181 1.6 christos void
4182 1.3 christos alpha_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
4183 1.3 christos {
4184 1.3 christos cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
4185 1.3 christos }
4186 1.3 christos
4187 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
4188 1.3 christos
4189 1.3 christos /* Get name of section. */
4190 1.3 christos static const char *
4191 1.3 christos s_alpha_section_name (void)
4192 1.3 christos {
4193 1.3 christos char *name;
4194 1.3 christos
4195 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4196 1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '"')
4197 1.3 christos {
4198 1.3 christos int dummy;
4199 1.3 christos
4200 1.3 christos name = demand_copy_C_string (&dummy);
4201 1.3 christos if (name == NULL)
4202 1.3 christos {
4203 1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4204 1.3 christos return NULL;
4205 1.3 christos }
4206 1.3 christos }
4207 1.3 christos else
4208 1.3 christos {
4209 1.3 christos char *end = input_line_pointer;
4210 1.3 christos
4211 1.6 christos while (0 == strchr ("\n\t,; ", *end))
4212 1.3 christos end++;
4213 1.3 christos if (end == input_line_pointer)
4214 1.3 christos {
4215 1.3 christos as_warn (_("missing name"));
4216 1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4217 1.3 christos return NULL;
4218 1.3 christos }
4219 1.3 christos
4220 1.3 christos name = xmemdup0 (input_line_pointer, end - input_line_pointer);
4221 1.3 christos input_line_pointer = end;
4222 1.3 christos }
4223 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4224 1.3 christos return name;
4225 1.3 christos }
4226 1.3 christos
4227 1.3 christos /* Put clear/set flags in one flagword. The LSBs are flags to be set,
4228 1.3 christos the MSBs are the flags to be cleared. */
4229 1.3 christos
4230 1.3 christos #define EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT 16
4231 1.3 christos #define EGPS__V_MASK 0xffff
4232 1.9 christos
4233 1.3 christos /* Parse one VMS section flag. */
4234 1.3 christos
4235 1.3 christos static flagword
4236 1.5 christos s_alpha_section_word (char *str, size_t len)
4237 1.3 christos {
4238 1.3 christos int no = 0;
4239 1.3 christos flagword flag = 0;
4240 1.3 christos
4241 1.9 christos if (len == 5 && startswith (str, "NO"))
4242 1.3 christos {
4243 1.9 christos no = 1;
4244 1.3 christos str += 2;
4245 1.9 christos len -= 2;
4246 1.3 christos }
4247 1.9 christos
4248 1.3 christos if (len == 3)
4249 1.9 christos {
4250 1.3 christos if (startswith (str, "PIC"))
4251 1.9 christos flag = EGPS__V_PIC;
4252 1.3 christos else if (startswith (str, "LIB"))
4253 1.9 christos flag = EGPS__V_LIB;
4254 1.3 christos else if (startswith (str, "OVR"))
4255 1.9 christos flag = EGPS__V_OVR;
4256 1.3 christos else if (startswith (str, "REL"))
4257 1.9 christos flag = EGPS__V_REL;
4258 1.3 christos else if (startswith (str, "GBL"))
4259 1.9 christos flag = EGPS__V_GBL;
4260 1.3 christos else if (startswith (str, "SHR"))
4261 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_SHR;
4262 1.3 christos else if (startswith (str, "EXE"))
4263 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_EXE;
4264 1.9 christos else if (startswith (str, "WRT"))
4265 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_WRT;
4266 1.3 christos else if (startswith (str, "VEC"))
4267 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_VEC;
4268 1.3 christos else if (startswith (str, "MOD"))
4269 1.3 christos {
4270 1.3 christos flag = no ? EGPS__V_NOMOD : EGPS__V_NOMOD << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
4271 1.3 christos no = 0;
4272 1.3 christos }
4273 1.3 christos else if (startswith (str, "COM"))
4274 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_COM;
4275 1.3 christos }
4276 1.3 christos
4277 1.3 christos if (flag == 0)
4278 1.3 christos {
4279 1.3 christos char c = str[len];
4280 1.3 christos str[len] = 0;
4281 1.3 christos as_warn (_("unknown section attribute %s"), str);
4282 1.3 christos str[len] = c;
4283 1.1 skrll return 0;
4284 1.1 skrll }
4285 1.3 christos
4286 1.3 christos if (no)
4287 1.6 christos return flag << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
4288 1.3 christos else
4289 1.3 christos return flag;
4290 1.1 skrll }
4291 1.1 skrll
4292 1.1 skrll /* Handle the section specific pseudo-op. */
4293 1.6 christos
4294 1.6 christos #define EVAX_SECTION_COUNT 5
4295 1.3 christos
4296 1.3 christos static const char *section_name[EVAX_SECTION_COUNT + 1] =
4297 1.3 christos { "NULL", ".rdata", ".comm", ".link", ".ctors", ".dtors" };
4298 1.1 skrll
4299 1.3 christos static void
4300 1.3 christos s_alpha_section (int secid)
4301 1.3 christos {
4302 1.3 christos const char *name;
4303 1.3 christos char *beg;
4304 1.3 christos segT sec;
4305 1.3 christos flagword vms_flags = 0;
4306 1.3 christos symbolS *symbol;
4307 1.3 christos
4308 1.3 christos if (secid == 0)
4309 1.3 christos {
4310 1.3 christos name = s_alpha_section_name ();
4311 1.3 christos if (name == NULL)
4312 1.3 christos return;
4313 1.3 christos sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
4314 1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
4315 1.3 christos {
4316 1.5 christos /* Skip the comma. */
4317 1.3 christos ++input_line_pointer;
4318 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4319 1.3 christos
4320 1.3 christos do
4321 1.5 christos {
4322 1.3 christos char c;
4323 1.3 christos
4324 1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4325 1.3 christos c = get_symbol_name (&beg);
4326 1.3 christos *input_line_pointer = c;
4327 1.3 christos
4328 1.3 christos vms_flags |= s_alpha_section_word (beg, input_line_pointer - beg);
4329 1.3 christos
4330 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
4331 1.3 christos }
4332 1.3 christos while (*input_line_pointer++ == ',');
4333 1.3 christos
4334 1.3 christos --input_line_pointer;
4335 1.3 christos }
4336 1.3 christos
4337 1.1 skrll symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4338 1.3 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, sec);
4339 1.3 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
4340 1.1 skrll bfd_vms_set_section_flags
4341 1.3 christos (stdoutput, sec,
4342 1.3 christos (vms_flags >> EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT) & EGPS__V_MASK,
4343 1.3 christos vms_flags & EGPS__V_MASK);
4344 1.3 christos }
4345 1.3 christos else
4346 1.3 christos {
4347 1.3 christos get_absolute_expression ();
4348 1.3 christos subseg_new (section_name[secid], 0);
4349 1.3 christos }
4350 1.3 christos
4351 1.3 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4352 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4353 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
4354 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
4355 1.1 skrll }
4356 1.1 skrll
4357 1.1 skrll static void
4358 1.1 skrll s_alpha_literals (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4359 1.1 skrll {
4360 1.1 skrll subseg_new (".literals", 0);
4361 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4362 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4363 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
4364 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
4365 1.1 skrll }
4366 1.4 christos
4367 1.4 christos /* Parse .ent directives. */
4368 1.4 christos
4369 1.4 christos static void
4370 1.3 christos s_alpha_ent (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4371 1.3 christos {
4372 1.3 christos symbolS *symbol;
4373 1.3 christos expressionS symexpr;
4374 1.3 christos
4375 1.3 christos if (alpha_evax_proc != NULL)
4376 1.3 christos as_bad (_("previous .ent not closed by a .end"));
4377 1.3 christos
4378 1.3 christos alpha_evax_proc = &alpha_evax_proc_data;
4379 1.3 christos
4380 1.3 christos alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = 0;
4381 1.3 christos alpha_evax_proc->framereg = -1;
4382 1.3 christos alpha_evax_proc->framesize = 0;
4383 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = 0;
4384 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->ra_save = AXP_REG_RA;
4385 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = -1;
4386 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->imask = 0;
4387 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->fmask = 0;
4388 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->prologue = 0;
4389 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->type = 0;
4390 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->handler = 0;
4391 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = 0;
4392 1.1 skrll
4393 1.1 skrll expression (&symexpr);
4394 1.1 skrll
4395 1.3 christos if (symexpr.X_op != O_symbol)
4396 1.3 christos {
4397 1.3 christos as_fatal (_(".ent directive has no symbol"));
4398 1.3 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4399 1.3 christos return;
4400 1.3 christos }
4401 1.3 christos
4402 1.3 christos symbol = make_expr_symbol (&symexpr);
4403 1.3 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
4404 1.3 christos alpha_evax_proc->symbol = symbol;
4405 1.3 christos
4406 1.3 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4407 1.3 christos }
4408 1.5 christos
4409 1.5 christos static void
4410 1.1 skrll s_alpha_handler (int is_data)
4411 1.3 christos {
4412 1.3 christos if (is_data)
4413 1.3 christos alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = get_absolute_expression ();
4414 1.3 christos else
4415 1.3 christos {
4416 1.3 christos char *name, name_end;
4417 1.3 christos
4418 1.3 christos name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
4419 1.3 christos
4420 1.3 christos if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
4421 1.3 christos {
4422 1.3 christos as_warn (_(".handler directive has no name"));
4423 1.5 christos }
4424 1.5 christos else
4425 1.5 christos {
4426 1.5 christos symbolS *sym;
4427 1.1 skrll
4428 1.1 skrll sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4429 1.1 skrll symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
4430 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->handler = sym;
4431 1.1 skrll }
4432 1.1 skrll
4433 1.1 skrll (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4434 1.1 skrll }
4435 1.1 skrll
4436 1.4 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4437 1.1 skrll }
4438 1.3 christos
4439 1.1 skrll /* Parse .frame <framreg>,<framesize>,RA,<rsa_offset> directives. */
4440 1.1 skrll
4441 1.1 skrll static void
4442 1.1 skrll s_alpha_frame (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4443 1.1 skrll {
4444 1.1 skrll long val;
4445 1.1 skrll int ra;
4446 1.1 skrll
4447 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->framereg = tc_get_register (1);
4448 1.1 skrll
4449 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4450 1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
4451 1.1 skrll || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
4452 1.4 christos {
4453 1.4 christos as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 1./2. param"));
4454 1.4 christos --input_line_pointer;
4455 1.4 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4456 1.1 skrll return;
4457 1.1 skrll }
4458 1.1 skrll
4459 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->framesize = val;
4460 1.1 skrll
4461 1.1 skrll ra = tc_get_register (1);
4462 1.1 skrll if (ra != AXP_REG_RA)
4463 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Bad RA (%d) register for .frame"), ra);
4464 1.3 christos
4465 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4466 1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
4467 1.3 christos {
4468 1.3 christos as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 3./4. param"));
4469 1.3 christos --input_line_pointer;
4470 1.3 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4471 1.3 christos return;
4472 1.3 christos }
4473 1.9 christos alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = get_absolute_expression ();
4474 1.9 christos }
4475 1.1 skrll
4476 1.1 skrll /* Parse .prologue. */
4477 1.4 christos
4478 1.3 christos static void
4479 1.3 christos s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4480 1.1 skrll {
4481 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4482 1.1 skrll alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, frag_now,
4483 1.1 skrll frag_now_fix ());
4484 1.1 skrll }
4485 1.5 christos
4486 1.1 skrll /* Parse .pdesc <entry_name>,{null|stack|reg}
4487 1.1 skrll Insert a procedure descriptor. */
4488 1.4 christos
4489 1.4 christos static void
4490 1.1 skrll s_alpha_pdesc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4491 1.4 christos {
4492 1.1 skrll char *name;
4493 1.1 skrll char name_end;
4494 1.1 skrll char *p;
4495 1.1 skrll expressionS exp;
4496 1.1 skrll symbolS *entry_sym;
4497 1.1 skrll const char *entry_sym_name;
4498 1.1 skrll const char *pdesc_sym_name;
4499 1.3 christos fixS *fixp;
4500 1.3 christos size_t len;
4501 1.1 skrll
4502 1.4 christos if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
4503 1.1 skrll {
4504 1.1 skrll as_bad (_(".pdesc directive not in link (.link) section"));
4505 1.5 christos return;
4506 1.3 christos }
4507 1.4 christos
4508 1.5 christos expression (&exp);
4509 1.4 christos if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4510 1.3 christos {
4511 1.4 christos as_bad (_(".pdesc directive has no entry symbol"));
4512 1.1 skrll return;
4513 1.4 christos }
4514 1.1 skrll
4515 1.1 skrll entry_sym = make_expr_symbol (&exp);
4516 1.4 christos entry_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (entry_sym);
4517 1.4 christos
4518 1.1 skrll /* Strip "..en". */
4519 1.4 christos len = strlen (entry_sym_name);
4520 1.4 christos if (len < 4 || strcmp (entry_sym_name + len - 4, "..en") != 0)
4521 1.4 christos {
4522 1.4 christos as_bad (_(".pdesc has a bad entry symbol"));
4523 1.4 christos return;
4524 1.4 christos }
4525 1.4 christos len -= 4;
4526 1.4 christos pdesc_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
4527 1.1 skrll
4528 1.4 christos if (!alpha_evax_proc
4529 1.4 christos || !S_IS_DEFINED (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
4530 1.5 christos || strlen (pdesc_sym_name) != len
4531 1.3 christos || memcmp (entry_sym_name, pdesc_sym_name, len) != 0)
4532 1.3 christos {
4533 1.3 christos as_fatal (_(".pdesc doesn't match with last .ent"));
4534 1.3 christos return;
4535 1.5 christos }
4536 1.1 skrll
4537 1.1 skrll /* Define pdesc symbol. */
4538 1.1 skrll symbol_set_value_now (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
4539 1.1 skrll
4540 1.1 skrll /* Save bfd symbol of proc entry in function symbol. */
4541 1.1 skrll ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
4542 1.1 skrll symbol_get_bfdsym (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)->udata.p)->enbsym
4543 1.1 skrll = symbol_get_bfdsym (entry_sym);
4544 1.1 skrll
4545 1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4546 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
4547 1.9 christos {
4548 1.3 christos as_warn (_("No comma after .pdesc <entryname>"));
4549 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4550 1.9 christos return;
4551 1.3 christos }
4552 1.1 skrll
4553 1.9 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4554 1.3 christos name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
4555 1.1 skrll
4556 1.1 skrll if (startswith (name, "stack"))
4557 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK;
4558 1.5 christos
4559 1.1 skrll else if (startswith (name, "reg"))
4560 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER;
4561 1.1 skrll
4562 1.1 skrll else if (startswith (name, "null"))
4563 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL;
4564 1.5 christos
4565 1.1 skrll else
4566 1.1 skrll {
4567 1.1 skrll (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4568 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("unknown procedure kind"));
4569 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4570 1.1 skrll return;
4571 1.1 skrll }
4572 1.1 skrll
4573 1.1 skrll (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4574 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4575 1.1 skrll
4576 1.3 christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4577 1.3 christos md_flush_pending_output ();
4578 1.3 christos #endif
4579 1.3 christos
4580 1.1 skrll frag_align (3, 0, 0);
4581 1.1 skrll p = frag_more (16);
4582 1.3 christos fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0);
4583 1.1 skrll fixp->fx_done = 1;
4584 1.1 skrll
4585 1.1 skrll *p = alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind
4586 1.1 skrll | ((alpha_evax_proc->framereg == 29) ? PDSC_S_M_BASE_REG_IS_FP : 0)
4587 1.1 skrll | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_VALID : 0)
4588 1.1 skrll | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler_data) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_DATA_VALID : 0);
4589 1.3 christos *(p + 1) = PDSC_S_M_NATIVE | PDSC_S_M_NO_JACKET;
4590 1.3 christos
4591 1.1 skrll switch (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind)
4592 1.1 skrll {
4593 1.3 christos case PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL:
4594 1.1 skrll *(p + 2) = 0;
4595 1.1 skrll *(p + 3) = 0;
4596 1.1 skrll break;
4597 1.1 skrll case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER:
4598 1.1 skrll *(p + 2) = alpha_evax_proc->fp_save;
4599 1.1 skrll *(p + 3) = alpha_evax_proc->ra_save;
4600 1.3 christos break;
4601 1.1 skrll case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK:
4602 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (p + 2, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset, 2);
4603 1.1 skrll break;
4604 1.1 skrll default: /* impossible */
4605 1.4 christos break;
4606 1.4 christos }
4607 1.1 skrll
4608 1.3 christos *(p + 4) = 0;
4609 1.1 skrll *(p + 5) = alpha_evax_proc->type & 0x0f;
4610 1.1 skrll
4611 1.4 christos /* Signature offset. */
4612 1.3 christos md_number_to_chars (p + 6, (valueT) 0, 2);
4613 1.3 christos
4614 1.1 skrll fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal + 8,
4615 1.1 skrll 8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
4616 1.1 skrll
4617 1.3 christos if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL)
4618 1.3 christos return;
4619 1.3 christos
4620 1.3 christos /* pdesc+16: Size. */
4621 1.1 skrll p = frag_more (6);
4622 1.3 christos md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->framesize, 4);
4623 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (p + 4, (valueT) 0, 2);
4624 1.1 skrll
4625 1.4 christos /* Entry length. */
4626 1.1 skrll exp.X_op = O_subtract;
4627 1.3 christos exp.X_add_symbol = alpha_prologue_label;
4628 1.3 christos exp.X_op_symbol = entry_sym;
4629 1.3 christos emit_expr (&exp, 2);
4630 1.3 christos
4631 1.3 christos if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER)
4632 1.3 christos return;
4633 1.3 christos
4634 1.3 christos /* pdesc+24: register masks. */
4635 1.3 christos p = frag_more (8);
4636 1.3 christos md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->imask, 4);
4637 1.3 christos md_number_to_chars (p + 4, alpha_evax_proc->fmask, 4);
4638 1.3 christos
4639 1.3 christos if (alpha_evax_proc->handler)
4640 1.3 christos {
4641 1.3 christos p = frag_more (8);
4642 1.1 skrll fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8,
4643 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->handler, 0, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
4644 1.1 skrll }
4645 1.1 skrll
4646 1.1 skrll if (alpha_evax_proc->handler_data)
4647 1.1 skrll {
4648 1.1 skrll p = frag_more (8);
4649 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->handler_data, 8);
4650 1.1 skrll }
4651 1.1 skrll }
4652 1.1 skrll
4653 1.1 skrll /* Support for crash debug on vms. */
4654 1.1 skrll
4655 1.1 skrll static void
4656 1.1 skrll s_alpha_name (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4657 1.1 skrll {
4658 1.1 skrll char *p;
4659 1.1 skrll expressionS exp;
4660 1.1 skrll
4661 1.1 skrll if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
4662 1.1 skrll {
4663 1.1 skrll as_bad (_(".name directive not in link (.link) section"));
4664 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4665 1.1 skrll return;
4666 1.1 skrll }
4667 1.1 skrll
4668 1.1 skrll expression (&exp);
4669 1.1 skrll if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4670 1.1 skrll {
4671 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".name directive has no symbol"));
4672 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4673 1.1 skrll return;
4674 1.1 skrll }
4675 1.1 skrll
4676 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4677 1.1 skrll
4678 1.1 skrll #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4679 1.3 christos md_flush_pending_output ();
4680 1.3 christos #endif
4681 1.3 christos
4682 1.1 skrll frag_align (3, 0, 0);
4683 1.1 skrll p = frag_more (8);
4684 1.1 skrll
4685 1.1 skrll fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
4686 1.1 skrll }
4687 1.3 christos
4688 1.1 skrll /* Parse .linkage <symbol>.
4689 1.1 skrll Create a linkage pair relocation. */
4690 1.1 skrll
4691 1.1 skrll static void
4692 1.1 skrll s_alpha_linkage (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4693 1.1 skrll {
4694 1.1 skrll expressionS exp;
4695 1.1 skrll char *p;
4696 1.1 skrll fixS *fixp;
4697 1.1 skrll
4698 1.1 skrll #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4699 1.1 skrll md_flush_pending_output ();
4700 1.3 christos #endif
4701 1.5 christos
4702 1.1 skrll expression (&exp);
4703 1.1 skrll if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4704 1.3 christos {
4705 1.4 christos as_fatal (_("No symbol after .linkage"));
4706 1.3 christos }
4707 1.3 christos else
4708 1.4 christos {
4709 1.9 christos struct alpha_linkage_fixups *linkage_fixup;
4710 1.9 christos
4711 1.4 christos p = frag_more (LKP_S_K_SIZE);
4712 1.4 christos memset (p, 0, LKP_S_K_SIZE);
4713 1.6 christos fixp = fix_new_exp
4714 1.3 christos (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, LKP_S_K_SIZE, &exp, 0,
4715 1.4 christos BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE);
4716 1.3 christos
4717 1.3 christos if (alpha_insn_label == NULL)
4718 1.4 christos alpha_insn_label = symbol_new (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, frag_now,
4719 1.4 christos frag_now_fix ());
4720 1.4 christos
4721 1.3 christos /* Create a linkage element. */
4722 1.4 christos linkage_fixup = XNEW (struct alpha_linkage_fixups);
4723 1.4 christos linkage_fixup->fixp = fixp;
4724 1.1 skrll linkage_fixup->next = NULL;
4725 1.1 skrll linkage_fixup->label = alpha_insn_label;
4726 1.1 skrll
4727 1.1 skrll /* Append it to the list. */
4728 1.3 christos if (alpha_linkage_fixup_root == NULL)
4729 1.3 christos alpha_linkage_fixup_root = linkage_fixup;
4730 1.3 christos else
4731 1.1 skrll alpha_linkage_fixup_tail->next = linkage_fixup;
4732 1.1 skrll alpha_linkage_fixup_tail = linkage_fixup;
4733 1.1 skrll }
4734 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4735 1.1 skrll }
4736 1.1 skrll
4737 1.1 skrll /* Parse .code_address <symbol>.
4738 1.1 skrll Create a code address relocation. */
4739 1.1 skrll
4740 1.1 skrll static void
4741 1.1 skrll s_alpha_code_address (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4742 1.1 skrll {
4743 1.1 skrll expressionS exp;
4744 1.1 skrll char *p;
4745 1.1 skrll
4746 1.1 skrll #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4747 1.1 skrll md_flush_pending_output ();
4748 1.1 skrll #endif
4749 1.1 skrll
4750 1.1 skrll expression (&exp);
4751 1.1 skrll if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4752 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("No symbol after .code_address"));
4753 1.1 skrll else
4754 1.1 skrll {
4755 1.1 skrll p = frag_more (8);
4756 1.1 skrll memset (p, 0, 8);
4757 1.3 christos fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0,\
4758 1.1 skrll BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR);
4759 1.1 skrll }
4760 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4761 1.1 skrll }
4762 1.1 skrll
4763 1.1 skrll static void
4764 1.1 skrll s_alpha_fp_save (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4765 1.1 skrll {
4766 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = tc_get_register (1);
4767 1.1 skrll
4768 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4769 1.1 skrll }
4770 1.1 skrll
4771 1.1 skrll static void
4772 1.1 skrll s_alpha_mask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4773 1.1 skrll {
4774 1.3 christos long val;
4775 1.1 skrll
4776 1.1 skrll if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
4777 1.1 skrll {
4778 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Bad .mask directive"));
4779 1.1 skrll --input_line_pointer;
4780 1.1 skrll }
4781 1.1 skrll else
4782 1.1 skrll {
4783 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->imask = val;
4784 1.1 skrll (void) get_absolute_expression ();
4785 1.1 skrll }
4786 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4787 1.1 skrll }
4788 1.1 skrll
4789 1.1 skrll static void
4790 1.1 skrll s_alpha_fmask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4791 1.1 skrll {
4792 1.3 christos long val;
4793 1.1 skrll
4794 1.1 skrll if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
4795 1.1 skrll {
4796 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Bad .fmask directive"));
4797 1.1 skrll --input_line_pointer;
4798 1.1 skrll }
4799 1.1 skrll else
4800 1.1 skrll {
4801 1.5 christos alpha_evax_proc->fmask = val;
4802 1.1 skrll (void) get_absolute_expression ();
4803 1.1 skrll }
4804 1.5 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4805 1.5 christos }
4806 1.1 skrll
4807 1.4 christos static void
4808 1.1 skrll s_alpha_end (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4809 1.1 skrll {
4810 1.1 skrll char *name;
4811 1.1 skrll char c;
4812 1.1 skrll
4813 1.1 skrll c = get_symbol_name (&name);
4814 1.1 skrll (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
4815 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4816 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc = NULL;
4817 1.1 skrll }
4818 1.1 skrll
4819 1.1 skrll static void
4820 1.1 skrll s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4821 1.1 skrll {
4822 1.1 skrll symbolS *s;
4823 1.1 skrll int length;
4824 1.1 skrll static char case_hack[32];
4825 1.1 skrll
4826 1.1 skrll sprintf (case_hack, "<CASE:%01d%01d>",
4827 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_hash_long_names, alpha_flag_show_after_trunc);
4828 1.1 skrll
4829 1.1 skrll s = symbol_find_or_make (case_hack);
4830 1.1 skrll symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
4831 1.1 skrll
4832 1.1 skrll get_absolute_expression ();
4833 1.1 skrll s = symbol_find_or_make (demand_copy_string (&length));
4834 1.1 skrll symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
4835 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4836 1.1 skrll }
4837 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
4838 1.1 skrll
4839 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .gprel32 pseudo op. */
4840 1.1 skrll
4841 1.1 skrll static void
4842 1.1 skrll s_alpha_gprel32 (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4843 1.1 skrll {
4844 1.1 skrll expressionS e;
4845 1.1 skrll char *p;
4846 1.1 skrll
4847 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4848 1.1 skrll expression (&e);
4849 1.1 skrll
4850 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4851 1.1 skrll switch (e.X_op)
4852 1.1 skrll {
4853 1.1 skrll case O_constant:
4854 1.1 skrll e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
4855 1.1 skrll e.X_op = O_symbol;
4856 1.1 skrll /* FALLTHRU */
4857 1.1 skrll case O_symbol:
4858 1.1 skrll break;
4859 1.1 skrll default:
4860 1.1 skrll abort ();
4861 1.1 skrll }
4862 1.1 skrll #else
4863 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
4864 1.1 skrll switch (e.X_op)
4865 1.1 skrll {
4866 1.1 skrll case O_constant:
4867 1.1 skrll e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
4868 1.1 skrll /* fall through */
4869 1.1 skrll case O_symbol:
4870 1.1 skrll e.X_op = O_subtract;
4871 1.1 skrll e.X_op_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
4872 1.1 skrll break;
4873 1.1 skrll default:
4874 1.1 skrll abort ();
4875 1.1 skrll }
4876 1.1 skrll #endif
4877 1.1 skrll #endif
4878 1.1 skrll
4879 1.1 skrll if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
4880 1.1 skrll alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
4881 1.1 skrll if (alpha_current_align > 2)
4882 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 2;
4883 1.7 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4884 1.1 skrll
4885 1.1 skrll p = frag_more (4);
4886 1.1 skrll memset (p, 0, 4);
4887 1.1 skrll fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
4888 1.1 skrll &e, 0, BFD_RELOC_GPREL32);
4889 1.1 skrll }
4890 1.1 skrll
4891 1.1 skrll /* Handle floating point allocation pseudo-ops. This is like the
4892 1.1 skrll generic version, but it makes sure the current label, if any, is
4893 1.1 skrll correctly aligned. */
4894 1.1 skrll
4895 1.1 skrll static void
4896 1.1 skrll s_alpha_float_cons (int type)
4897 1.1 skrll {
4898 1.1 skrll int log_size;
4899 1.1 skrll
4900 1.1 skrll switch (type)
4901 1.1 skrll {
4902 1.1 skrll default:
4903 1.1 skrll case 'f':
4904 1.1 skrll case 'F':
4905 1.1 skrll log_size = 2;
4906 1.1 skrll break;
4907 1.1 skrll
4908 1.1 skrll case 'd':
4909 1.1 skrll case 'D':
4910 1.1 skrll case 'G':
4911 1.1 skrll log_size = 3;
4912 1.1 skrll break;
4913 1.1 skrll
4914 1.1 skrll case 'x':
4915 1.1 skrll case 'X':
4916 1.1 skrll case 'p':
4917 1.1 skrll case 'P':
4918 1.1 skrll log_size = 4;
4919 1.1 skrll break;
4920 1.1 skrll }
4921 1.1 skrll
4922 1.1 skrll if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
4923 1.1 skrll alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
4924 1.1 skrll if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
4925 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = log_size;
4926 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4927 1.1 skrll
4928 1.1 skrll float_cons (type);
4929 1.1 skrll }
4930 1.1 skrll
4931 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .proc pseudo op. We don't really do much with it except
4932 1.1 skrll parse it. */
4933 1.1 skrll
4934 1.1 skrll static void
4935 1.1 skrll s_alpha_proc (int is_static ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4936 1.5 christos {
4937 1.1 skrll char *name;
4938 1.1 skrll char c;
4939 1.1 skrll char *p;
4940 1.5 christos symbolS *symbolP;
4941 1.1 skrll int temp;
4942 1.1 skrll
4943 1.1 skrll /* Takes ".proc name,nargs". */
4944 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4945 1.1 skrll c = get_symbol_name (&name);
4946 1.1 skrll p = input_line_pointer;
4947 1.1 skrll symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4948 1.1 skrll *p = c;
4949 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
4950 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4951 1.1 skrll {
4952 1.1 skrll *p = 0;
4953 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Expected comma after name \"%s\""), name);
4954 1.1 skrll *p = c;
4955 1.3 christos temp = 0;
4956 1.1 skrll ignore_rest_of_line ();
4957 1.1 skrll }
4958 1.1 skrll else
4959 1.1 skrll {
4960 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
4961 1.1 skrll temp = get_absolute_expression ();
4962 1.1 skrll }
4963 1.1 skrll /* *symbol_get_obj (symbolP) = (signed char) temp; */
4964 1.1 skrll (void) symbolP;
4965 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("unhandled: .proc %s,%d"), name, temp);
4966 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4967 1.1 skrll }
4968 1.1 skrll
4969 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .set pseudo op. This is used to turn on and off most of
4970 1.1 skrll the assembler features. */
4971 1.5 christos
4972 1.1 skrll static void
4973 1.1 skrll s_alpha_set (int x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4974 1.1 skrll {
4975 1.1 skrll char *name, ch, *s;
4976 1.1 skrll int yesno = 1;
4977 1.1 skrll
4978 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4979 1.1 skrll
4980 1.1 skrll ch = get_symbol_name (&name);
4981 1.1 skrll s = name;
4982 1.1 skrll if (s[0] == 'n' && s[1] == 'o')
4983 1.1 skrll {
4984 1.1 skrll yesno = 0;
4985 1.1 skrll s += 2;
4986 1.1 skrll }
4987 1.1 skrll if (!strcmp ("reorder", s))
4988 1.1 skrll /* ignore */ ;
4989 1.1 skrll else if (!strcmp ("at", s))
4990 1.1 skrll alpha_noat_on = !yesno;
4991 1.5 christos else if (!strcmp ("macro", s))
4992 1.1 skrll alpha_macros_on = yesno;
4993 1.1 skrll else if (!strcmp ("move", s))
4994 1.1 skrll /* ignore */ ;
4995 1.1 skrll else if (!strcmp ("volatile", s))
4996 1.1 skrll /* ignore */ ;
4997 1.1 skrll else
4998 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Tried to .set unrecognized mode `%s'"), name);
4999 1.1 skrll
5000 1.1 skrll (void) restore_line_pointer (ch);
5001 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5002 1.1 skrll }
5003 1.1 skrll
5004 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .base pseudo op. This changes the assembler's notion of
5005 1.1 skrll the $gp register. */
5006 1.1 skrll
5007 1.1 skrll static void
5008 1.1 skrll s_alpha_base (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5009 1.1 skrll {
5010 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
5011 1.1 skrll
5012 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
5013 1.1 skrll {
5014 1.1 skrll /* $rNN form. */
5015 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
5016 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer == 'r')
5017 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
5018 1.1 skrll }
5019 1.1 skrll
5020 1.1 skrll alpha_gp_register = get_absolute_expression ();
5021 1.1 skrll if (alpha_gp_register < 0 || alpha_gp_register > 31)
5022 1.1 skrll {
5023 1.1 skrll alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
5024 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Bad base register, using $%d."), alpha_gp_register);
5025 1.1 skrll }
5026 1.1 skrll
5027 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5028 1.1 skrll }
5029 1.1 skrll
5030 1.3 christos /* Handle the .align pseudo-op. This aligns to a power of two. It
5031 1.1 skrll also adjusts any current instruction label. We treat this the same
5032 1.1 skrll way the MIPS port does: .align 0 turns off auto alignment. */
5033 1.1 skrll
5034 1.1 skrll static void
5035 1.1 skrll s_alpha_align (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5036 1.1 skrll {
5037 1.1 skrll int align;
5038 1.1 skrll char fill, *pfill;
5039 1.1 skrll long max_alignment = 16;
5040 1.1 skrll
5041 1.1 skrll align = get_absolute_expression ();
5042 1.1 skrll if (align > max_alignment)
5043 1.1 skrll {
5044 1.1 skrll align = max_alignment;
5045 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("Alignment too large: %d. assumed"), align);
5046 1.1 skrll }
5047 1.1 skrll else if (align < 0)
5048 1.1 skrll {
5049 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Alignment negative: 0 assumed"));
5050 1.1 skrll align = 0;
5051 1.1 skrll }
5052 1.1 skrll
5053 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
5054 1.1 skrll {
5055 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
5056 1.4 christos fill = get_absolute_expression ();
5057 1.1 skrll pfill = &fill;
5058 1.1 skrll }
5059 1.1 skrll else
5060 1.1 skrll pfill = NULL;
5061 1.1 skrll
5062 1.4 christos if (align != 0)
5063 1.1 skrll {
5064 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
5065 1.1 skrll alpha_align (align, pfill, NULL, 1);
5066 1.1 skrll }
5067 1.1 skrll else
5068 1.1 skrll {
5069 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
5070 1.1 skrll }
5071 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5072 1.1 skrll
5073 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5074 1.1 skrll }
5075 1.1 skrll
5076 1.1 skrll /* Hook the normal string processor to reset known alignment. */
5077 1.1 skrll
5078 1.1 skrll static void
5079 1.1 skrll s_alpha_stringer (int terminate)
5080 1.1 skrll {
5081 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
5082 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5083 1.1 skrll stringer (8 + terminate);
5084 1.1 skrll }
5085 1.1 skrll
5086 1.1 skrll /* Hook the normal space processing to reset known alignment. */
5087 1.1 skrll
5088 1.1 skrll static void
5089 1.1 skrll s_alpha_space (int ignore)
5090 1.1 skrll {
5091 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
5092 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5093 1.1 skrll s_space (ignore);
5094 1.1 skrll }
5095 1.1 skrll
5096 1.1 skrll /* Hook into cons for auto-alignment. */
5097 1.1 skrll
5098 1.1 skrll void
5099 1.1 skrll alpha_cons_align (int size)
5100 1.1 skrll {
5101 1.1 skrll int log_size;
5102 1.1 skrll
5103 1.1 skrll log_size = 0;
5104 1.1 skrll while ((size >>= 1) != 0)
5105 1.1 skrll ++log_size;
5106 1.1 skrll
5107 1.1 skrll if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
5108 1.1 skrll alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
5109 1.1 skrll if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
5110 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = log_size;
5111 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5112 1.1 skrll }
5113 1.1 skrll
5114 1.1 skrll /* Here come the .uword, .ulong, and .uquad explicitly unaligned
5115 1.1 skrll pseudos. We just turn off auto-alignment and call down to cons. */
5116 1.1 skrll
5117 1.1 skrll static void
5118 1.1 skrll s_alpha_ucons (int bytes)
5119 1.1 skrll {
5120 1.1 skrll int hold = alpha_auto_align_on;
5121 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
5122 1.1 skrll cons (bytes);
5123 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = hold;
5124 1.1 skrll }
5125 1.1 skrll
5126 1.5 christos /* Switch the working cpu type. */
5127 1.5 christos
5128 1.1 skrll static void
5129 1.1 skrll s_alpha_arch (int ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5130 1.1 skrll {
5131 1.1 skrll char *name, ch;
5132 1.1 skrll const struct cpu_type *p;
5133 1.1 skrll
5134 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
5135 1.3 christos
5136 1.1 skrll ch = get_symbol_name (&name);
5137 1.9 christos
5138 1.5 christos for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
5139 1.1 skrll if (strcmp (name, p->name) == 0)
5140 1.1 skrll {
5141 1.1 skrll alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
5142 1.1 skrll goto found;
5143 1.1 skrll }
5144 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), name);
5145 1.1 skrll
5146 1.1 skrll found:
5147 1.1 skrll (void) restore_line_pointer (ch);
5148 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5149 1.1 skrll }
5150 1.1 skrll
5151 1.1 skrll #ifdef DEBUG1
5153 1.1 skrll /* print token expression with alpha specific extension. */
5154 1.1 skrll
5155 1.1 skrll static void
5156 1.1 skrll alpha_print_token (FILE *f, const expressionS *exp)
5157 1.1 skrll {
5158 1.3 christos switch (exp->X_op)
5159 1.1 skrll {
5160 1.1 skrll case O_cpregister:
5161 1.1 skrll putc (',', f);
5162 1.1 skrll /* FALLTHRU */
5163 1.3 christos case O_pregister:
5164 1.1 skrll putc ('(', f);
5165 1.1 skrll {
5166 1.1 skrll expressionS nexp = *exp;
5167 1.1 skrll nexp.X_op = O_register;
5168 1.1 skrll print_expr_1 (f, &nexp);
5169 1.1 skrll }
5170 1.1 skrll putc (')', f);
5171 1.1 skrll break;
5172 1.1 skrll default:
5173 1.1 skrll print_expr_1 (f, exp);
5174 1.1 skrll break;
5175 1.1 skrll }
5176 1.1 skrll }
5177 1.1 skrll #endif
5178 1.1 skrll
5179 1.1 skrll /* The target specific pseudo-ops which we support. */
5181 1.1 skrll
5182 1.1 skrll const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
5183 1.1 skrll {
5184 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5185 1.1 skrll {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0}, /* OSF1 compiler does this. */
5186 1.1 skrll {"rdata", s_alpha_rdata, 0},
5187 1.1 skrll #endif
5188 1.1 skrll {"text", s_alpha_text, 0},
5189 1.3 christos {"data", s_alpha_data, 0},
5190 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5191 1.3 christos {"sdata", s_alpha_sdata, 0},
5192 1.3 christos #endif
5193 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5194 1.3 christos {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
5195 1.3 christos {"section.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
5196 1.3 christos {"sect", s_alpha_section, 0},
5197 1.3 christos {"sect.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
5198 1.3 christos #endif
5199 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5200 1.3 christos {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
5201 1.3 christos {"literals", s_alpha_literals, 0},
5202 1.3 christos {"pdesc", s_alpha_pdesc, 0},
5203 1.3 christos {"name", s_alpha_name, 0},
5204 1.3 christos {"linkage", s_alpha_linkage, 0},
5205 1.3 christos {"code_address", s_alpha_code_address, 0},
5206 1.3 christos {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
5207 1.3 christos {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
5208 1.3 christos {"fp_save", s_alpha_fp_save, 0},
5209 1.1 skrll {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
5210 1.1 skrll {"fmask", s_alpha_fmask, 0},
5211 1.1 skrll {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
5212 1.1 skrll {"file", s_alpha_file, 0},
5213 1.1 skrll {"rdata", s_alpha_section, 1},
5214 1.1 skrll {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0},
5215 1.1 skrll {"link", s_alpha_section, 3},
5216 1.1 skrll {"ctors", s_alpha_section, 4},
5217 1.1 skrll {"dtors", s_alpha_section, 5},
5218 1.1 skrll {"handler", s_alpha_handler, 0},
5219 1.1 skrll {"handler_data", s_alpha_handler, 1},
5220 1.1 skrll #endif
5221 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5222 1.1 skrll /* Frame related pseudos. */
5223 1.1 skrll {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
5224 1.1 skrll {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
5225 1.1 skrll {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
5226 1.1 skrll {"fmask", s_alpha_mask, 1},
5227 1.1 skrll {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
5228 1.1 skrll {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
5229 1.1 skrll {"file", s_alpha_file, 5},
5230 1.1 skrll {"loc", s_alpha_loc, 9},
5231 1.1 skrll {"stabs", s_alpha_stab, 's'},
5232 1.1 skrll {"stabn", s_alpha_stab, 'n'},
5233 1.3 christos {"usepv", s_alpha_usepv, 0},
5234 1.3 christos /* COFF debugging related pseudos. */
5235 1.3 christos {"begin", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 0},
5236 1.1 skrll {"bend", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 1},
5237 1.1 skrll {"def", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 2},
5238 1.3 christos {"dim", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 3},
5239 1.1 skrll {"endef", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 4},
5240 1.1 skrll {"scl", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 5},
5241 1.1 skrll {"tag", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 6},
5242 1.1 skrll {"val", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 7},
5243 1.1 skrll #else
5244 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5245 1.1 skrll {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
5246 1.1 skrll #else
5247 1.1 skrll {"prologue", s_ignore, 0},
5248 1.1 skrll #endif
5249 1.1 skrll #endif
5250 1.1 skrll {"gprel32", s_alpha_gprel32, 0},
5251 1.1 skrll {"t_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
5252 1.1 skrll {"s_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
5253 1.1 skrll {"f_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'F'},
5254 1.1 skrll {"g_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'G'},
5255 1.1 skrll {"d_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'D'},
5256 1.1 skrll
5257 1.1 skrll {"proc", s_alpha_proc, 0},
5258 1.1 skrll {"aproc", s_alpha_proc, 1},
5259 1.1 skrll {"set", s_alpha_set, 0},
5260 1.1 skrll {"reguse", s_ignore, 0},
5261 1.1 skrll {"livereg", s_ignore, 0},
5262 1.1 skrll {"base", s_alpha_base, 0}, /*??*/
5263 1.1 skrll {"option", s_ignore, 0},
5264 1.1 skrll {"aent", s_ignore, 0},
5265 1.1 skrll {"ugen", s_ignore, 0},
5266 1.1 skrll {"eflag", s_ignore, 0},
5267 1.1 skrll
5268 1.1 skrll {"align", s_alpha_align, 0},
5269 1.1 skrll {"double", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
5270 1.1 skrll {"float", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
5271 1.1 skrll {"single", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
5272 1.1 skrll {"ascii", s_alpha_stringer, 0},
5273 1.1 skrll {"asciz", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
5274 1.1 skrll {"string", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
5275 1.1 skrll {"space", s_alpha_space, 0},
5276 1.1 skrll {"skip", s_alpha_space, 0},
5277 1.1 skrll {"zero", s_alpha_space, 0},
5278 1.1 skrll
5279 1.1 skrll /* Unaligned data pseudos. */
5280 1.1 skrll {"uword", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
5281 1.1 skrll {"ulong", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
5282 1.1 skrll {"uquad", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
5283 1.1 skrll
5284 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5285 1.1 skrll /* Dwarf wants these versions of unaligned. */
5286 1.1 skrll {"2byte", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
5287 1.1 skrll {"4byte", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
5288 1.1 skrll {"8byte", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
5289 1.1 skrll #endif
5290 1.1 skrll
5291 1.1 skrll /* We don't do any optimizing, so we can safely ignore these. */
5292 1.1 skrll {"noalias", s_ignore, 0},
5293 1.1 skrll {"alias", s_ignore, 0},
5294 1.1 skrll
5295 1.1 skrll {"arch", s_alpha_arch, 0},
5296 1.1 skrll
5297 1.1 skrll {NULL, 0, 0},
5298 1.1 skrll };
5299 1.1 skrll
5300 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5302 1.1 skrll
5303 1.1 skrll /* @@@ GP selection voodoo. All of this seems overly complicated and
5304 1.1 skrll unnecessary; which is the primary reason it's for ECOFF only. */
5305 1.1 skrll
5306 1.1 skrll static inline void
5307 1.1 skrll maybe_set_gp (asection *sec)
5308 1.1 skrll {
5309 1.3 christos bfd_vma vma;
5310 1.1 skrll
5311 1.1 skrll if (!sec)
5312 1.1 skrll return;
5313 1.1 skrll vma = bfd_section_vma (sec);
5314 1.1 skrll if (vma && vma < alpha_gp_value)
5315 1.1 skrll alpha_gp_value = vma;
5316 1.1 skrll }
5317 1.1 skrll
5318 1.1 skrll static void
5319 1.1 skrll select_gp_value (void)
5320 1.1 skrll {
5321 1.1 skrll gas_assert (alpha_gp_value == 0);
5322 1.1 skrll
5323 1.1 skrll /* Get minus-one in whatever width... */
5324 1.1 skrll alpha_gp_value = 0;
5325 1.1 skrll alpha_gp_value--;
5326 1.1 skrll
5327 1.1 skrll /* Select the smallest VMA of these existing sections. */
5328 1.1 skrll maybe_set_gp (alpha_lita_section);
5329 1.1 skrll
5330 1.1 skrll /* @@ Will a simple 0x8000 work here? If not, why not? */
5331 1.1 skrll #define GP_ADJUSTMENT (0x8000 - 0x10)
5332 1.1 skrll
5333 1.1 skrll alpha_gp_value += GP_ADJUSTMENT;
5334 1.3 christos
5335 1.6 christos S_SET_VALUE (alpha_gp_symbol, alpha_gp_value);
5336 1.1 skrll
5337 1.1 skrll #ifdef DEBUG1
5338 1.1 skrll printf (_("Chose GP value of %lx\n"), alpha_gp_value);
5339 1.1 skrll #endif
5340 1.3 christos }
5341 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
5342 1.1 skrll
5343 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5344 1.1 skrll /* Map 's' to SHF_ALPHA_GPREL. */
5345 1.1 skrll
5346 1.1 skrll bfd_vma
5347 1.3 christos alpha_elf_section_letter (int letter, const char **ptr_msg)
5348 1.1 skrll {
5349 1.1 skrll if (letter == 's')
5350 1.1 skrll return SHF_ALPHA_GPREL;
5351 1.1 skrll
5352 1.1 skrll *ptr_msg = _("bad .section directive: want a,s,w,x,M,S,G,T in string");
5353 1.1 skrll return -1;
5354 1.1 skrll }
5355 1.1 skrll
5356 1.1 skrll /* Map SHF_ALPHA_GPREL to SEC_SMALL_DATA. */
5357 1.1 skrll
5358 1.1 skrll flagword
5359 1.1 skrll alpha_elf_section_flags (flagword flags, bfd_vma attr, int type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5360 1.1 skrll {
5361 1.6 christos if (attr & SHF_ALPHA_GPREL)
5362 1.6 christos flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
5363 1.1 skrll return flags;
5364 1.1 skrll }
5365 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
5366 1.1 skrll
5367 1.1 skrll /* This is called from HANDLE_ALIGN in write.c. Fill in the contents
5368 1.1 skrll of an rs_align_code fragment. */
5369 1.1 skrll
5370 1.1 skrll void
5371 1.1 skrll alpha_handle_align (fragS *fragp)
5372 1.1 skrll {
5373 1.1 skrll static unsigned char const unop[4] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f };
5374 1.1 skrll static unsigned char const nopunop[8] =
5375 1.1 skrll {
5376 1.1 skrll 0x1f, 0x04, 0xff, 0x47,
5377 1.1 skrll 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f
5378 1.1 skrll };
5379 1.1 skrll
5380 1.1 skrll int bytes, fix;
5381 1.1 skrll char *p;
5382 1.1 skrll
5383 1.1 skrll if (fragp->fr_type != rs_align_code)
5384 1.1 skrll return;
5385 1.1 skrll
5386 1.1 skrll bytes = fragp->fr_next->fr_address - fragp->fr_address - fragp->fr_fix;
5387 1.1 skrll p = fragp->fr_literal + fragp->fr_fix;
5388 1.1 skrll fix = 0;
5389 1.1 skrll
5390 1.1 skrll if (bytes & 3)
5391 1.1 skrll {
5392 1.1 skrll fix = bytes & 3;
5393 1.1 skrll memset (p, 0, fix);
5394 1.1 skrll p += fix;
5395 1.1 skrll bytes -= fix;
5396 1.1 skrll }
5397 1.1 skrll
5398 1.1 skrll if (bytes & 4)
5399 1.1 skrll {
5400 1.1 skrll memcpy (p, unop, 4);
5401 1.1 skrll p += 4;
5402 1.1 skrll bytes -= 4;
5403 1.1 skrll fix += 4;
5404 1.1 skrll }
5405 1.1 skrll
5406 1.1 skrll memcpy (p, nopunop, 8);
5407 1.1 skrll
5408 1.1 skrll fragp->fr_fix += fix;
5409 1.1 skrll fragp->fr_var = 8;
5410 1.1 skrll }
5411 1.1 skrll
5412 1.1 skrll /* Public interface functions. */
5414 1.1 skrll
5415 1.1 skrll /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It sets
5416 1.3 christos up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will
5417 1.1 skrll need, that can be determined before arguments are parsed. */
5418 1.1 skrll
5419 1.1 skrll void
5420 1.9 christos md_begin (void)
5421 1.1 skrll {
5422 1.1 skrll unsigned int i;
5423 1.1 skrll
5424 1.9 christos /* Verify that X_op field is wide enough. */
5425 1.1 skrll {
5426 1.1 skrll expressionS e;
5427 1.9 christos
5428 1.9 christos e.X_op = O_max;
5429 1.1 skrll gas_assert (e.X_op == O_max);
5430 1.1 skrll }
5431 1.1 skrll
5432 1.1 skrll /* Create the opcode hash table. */
5433 1.1 skrll alpha_opcode_hash = str_htab_create ();
5434 1.1 skrll
5435 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_opcodes;)
5436 1.1 skrll {
5437 1.6 christos const char *name, *slash;
5438 1.1 skrll
5439 1.1 skrll name = alpha_opcodes[i].name;
5440 1.1 skrll if (str_hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, name, &alpha_opcodes[i], 0))
5441 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), name);
5442 1.9 christos
5443 1.1 skrll /* Some opcodes include modifiers of various sorts with a "/mod"
5444 1.1 skrll syntax, like the architecture manual suggests. However, for
5445 1.1 skrll use with gcc at least, we also need access to those same opcodes
5446 1.1 skrll without the "/". */
5447 1.1 skrll
5448 1.1 skrll if ((slash = strchr (name, '/')) != NULL)
5449 1.1 skrll {
5450 1.1 skrll char *p = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (name));
5451 1.1 skrll
5452 1.1 skrll memcpy (p, name, slash - name);
5453 1.1 skrll strcpy (p + (slash - name), slash + 1);
5454 1.9 christos
5455 1.1 skrll (void) str_hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, p, &alpha_opcodes[i], 0);
5456 1.1 skrll /* Ignore failures -- the opcode table does duplicate some
5457 1.1 skrll variants in different forms, like "hw_stq" and "hw_st/q". */
5458 1.9 christos }
5459 1.1 skrll
5460 1.1 skrll while (++i < alpha_num_opcodes
5461 1.9 christos && (alpha_opcodes[i].name == name
5462 1.9 christos || !strcmp (alpha_opcodes[i].name, name)))
5463 1.1 skrll continue;
5464 1.1 skrll }
5465 1.1 skrll
5466 1.1 skrll /* Create the macro hash table. */
5467 1.1 skrll alpha_macro_hash = str_htab_create ();
5468 1.1 skrll
5469 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_macros;)
5470 1.1 skrll {
5471 1.1 skrll const char *name;
5472 1.1 skrll
5473 1.1 skrll name = alpha_macros[i].name;
5474 1.1 skrll if (str_hash_insert (alpha_macro_hash, name, &alpha_macros[i], 0))
5475 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), name);
5476 1.9 christos
5477 1.9 christos while (++i < alpha_num_macros
5478 1.1 skrll && (alpha_macros[i].name == name
5479 1.1 skrll || !strcmp (alpha_macros[i].name, name)))
5480 1.1 skrll continue;
5481 1.1 skrll }
5482 1.1 skrll
5483 1.1 skrll /* Construct symbols for each of the registers. */
5484 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i)
5485 1.9 christos {
5486 1.9 christos char name[4];
5487 1.1 skrll
5488 1.1 skrll sprintf (name, "$%d", i);
5489 1.1 skrll alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section,
5490 1.1 skrll &zero_address_frag, i);
5491 1.1 skrll }
5492 1.1 skrll
5493 1.1 skrll for (; i < 64; ++i)
5494 1.1 skrll {
5495 1.1 skrll char name[5];
5496 1.1 skrll
5497 1.1 skrll sprintf (name, "$f%d", i - 32);
5498 1.1 skrll alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section,
5499 1.9 christos &zero_address_frag, i);
5500 1.9 christos }
5501 1.1 skrll
5502 1.1 skrll /* Create the special symbols and sections we'll be using. */
5503 1.1 skrll
5504 1.1 skrll /* So .sbss will get used for tiny objects. */
5505 1.1 skrll bfd_set_gp_size (stdoutput, g_switch_value);
5506 1.1 skrll
5507 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5508 1.1 skrll create_literal_section (".lita", &alpha_lita_section, &alpha_lita_symbol);
5509 1.1 skrll
5510 1.1 skrll /* For handling the GP, create a symbol that won't be output in the
5511 1.8 christos symbol table. We'll edit it out of relocs later. */
5512 1.8 christos alpha_gp_symbol = symbol_create ("<GP value>", alpha_lita_section,
5513 1.1 skrll &zero_address_frag, 0x8000);
5514 1.1 skrll #endif
5515 1.1 skrll
5516 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5517 1.9 christos create_literal_section (".link", &alpha_link_section, &alpha_link_symbol);
5518 1.1 skrll #endif
5519 1.1 skrll
5520 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5521 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
5522 1.1 skrll {
5523 1.1 skrll segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", (subsegT) 0);
5524 1.1 skrll bfd_set_section_flags (sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
5525 1.1 skrll bfd_set_section_alignment (sec, 3);
5526 1.1 skrll }
5527 1.1 skrll #endif
5528 1.1 skrll
5529 1.1 skrll /* Create literal lookup hash table. */
5530 1.1 skrll alpha_literal_hash = str_htab_create ();
5531 1.1 skrll
5532 1.1 skrll subseg_set (text_section, 0);
5533 1.1 skrll }
5534 1.1 skrll
5535 1.1 skrll /* The public interface to the instruction assembler. */
5536 1.1 skrll
5537 1.1 skrll void
5538 1.1 skrll md_assemble (char *str)
5539 1.1 skrll {
5540 1.1 skrll /* Current maximum is 13. */
5541 1.1 skrll char opname[32];
5542 1.1 skrll expressionS tok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
5543 1.1 skrll int ntok, trunclen;
5544 1.1 skrll size_t opnamelen;
5545 1.1 skrll
5546 1.1 skrll /* Split off the opcode. */
5547 1.1 skrll opnamelen = strspn (str, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_/46819");
5548 1.1 skrll trunclen = (opnamelen < sizeof (opname) - 1
5549 1.1 skrll ? opnamelen
5550 1.1 skrll : sizeof (opname) - 1);
5551 1.1 skrll memcpy (opname, str, trunclen);
5552 1.1 skrll opname[trunclen] = '\0';
5553 1.1 skrll
5554 1.1 skrll /* Tokenize the rest of the line. */
5555 1.1 skrll if ((ntok = tokenize_arguments (str + opnamelen, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS)) < 0)
5556 1.1 skrll {
5557 1.1 skrll if (ntok != TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT)
5558 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("syntax error"));
5559 1.8 christos
5560 1.1 skrll return;
5561 1.1 skrll }
5562 1.1 skrll
5563 1.1 skrll /* Finish it off. */
5564 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (opname, tok, ntok, alpha_macros_on);
5565 1.1 skrll }
5566 1.1 skrll
5567 1.1 skrll /* Round up a section's size to the appropriate boundary. */
5568 1.1 skrll
5569 1.1 skrll valueT
5570 1.6 christos md_section_align (segT seg, valueT size)
5571 1.1 skrll {
5572 1.1 skrll int align = bfd_section_alignment (seg);
5573 1.6 christos valueT mask = ((valueT) 1 << align) - 1;
5574 1.1 skrll
5575 1.1 skrll return (size + mask) & ~mask;
5576 1.1 skrll }
5577 1.1 skrll
5578 1.1 skrll /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant
5579 1.1 skrll of type TYPE, and store the appropriate bytes in *LITP. The number
5580 1.1 skrll of LITTLENUMS emitted is stored in *SIZEP. An error message is
5581 1.7 christos returned, or NULL on OK. */
5582 1.1 skrll
5583 1.1 skrll const char *
5584 1.1 skrll md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
5585 1.1 skrll {
5586 1.1 skrll extern const char *vax_md_atof (int, char *, int *);
5587 1.9 christos
5588 1.1 skrll switch (type)
5589 1.1 skrll {
5590 1.1 skrll /* VAX floats. */
5591 1.1 skrll case 'G':
5592 1.1 skrll /* vax_md_atof() doesn't like "G" for some reason. */
5593 1.1 skrll type = 'g';
5594 1.6 christos /* Fall through. */
5595 1.1 skrll case 'F':
5596 1.1 skrll case 'D':
5597 1.1 skrll return vax_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP);
5598 1.1 skrll
5599 1.1 skrll default:
5600 1.1 skrll return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, false);
5601 1.1 skrll }
5602 1.1 skrll }
5603 1.1 skrll
5604 1.1 skrll /* Take care of the target-specific command-line options. */
5605 1.1 skrll
5606 1.1 skrll int
5607 1.1 skrll md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg)
5608 1.1 skrll {
5609 1.1 skrll switch (c)
5610 1.1 skrll {
5611 1.1 skrll case 'F':
5612 1.1 skrll alpha_nofloats_on = 1;
5613 1.1 skrll break;
5614 1.1 skrll
5615 1.1 skrll case OPTION_32ADDR:
5616 1.1 skrll alpha_addr32_on = 1;
5617 1.1 skrll break;
5618 1.1 skrll
5619 1.1 skrll case 'g':
5620 1.1 skrll alpha_debug = 1;
5621 1.1 skrll break;
5622 1.1 skrll
5623 1.1 skrll case 'G':
5624 1.1 skrll g_switch_value = atoi (arg);
5625 1.1 skrll break;
5626 1.1 skrll
5627 1.1 skrll case 'm':
5628 1.1 skrll {
5629 1.1 skrll const struct cpu_type *p;
5630 1.1 skrll
5631 1.1 skrll for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
5632 1.1 skrll if (strcmp (arg, p->name) == 0)
5633 1.1 skrll {
5634 1.1 skrll alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
5635 1.1 skrll goto found;
5636 1.1 skrll }
5637 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), arg);
5638 1.1 skrll found:;
5639 1.1 skrll }
5640 1.3 christos break;
5641 1.3 christos
5642 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5643 1.3 christos case '+': /* For g++. Hash any name > 63 chars long. */
5644 1.3 christos alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 1;
5645 1.3 christos break;
5646 1.3 christos
5647 1.3 christos case 'H': /* Show new symbol after hash truncation. */
5648 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 1;
5649 1.1 skrll break;
5650 1.1 skrll
5651 1.1 skrll case 'h': /* For gnu-c/vax compatibility. */
5652 1.1 skrll break;
5653 1.1 skrll
5654 1.1 skrll case OPTION_REPLACE:
5655 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_replace = 1;
5656 1.1 skrll break;
5657 1.1 skrll
5658 1.1 skrll case OPTION_NOREPLACE:
5659 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_replace = 0;
5660 1.1 skrll break;
5661 1.1 skrll #endif
5662 1.1 skrll
5663 1.1 skrll case OPTION_RELAX:
5664 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_relax = 1;
5665 1.1 skrll break;
5666 1.1 skrll
5667 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5668 1.1 skrll case OPTION_MDEBUG:
5669 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
5670 1.1 skrll break;
5671 1.1 skrll case OPTION_NO_MDEBUG:
5672 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_mdebug = 0;
5673 1.1 skrll break;
5674 1.1 skrll #endif
5675 1.1 skrll
5676 1.1 skrll default:
5677 1.1 skrll return 0;
5678 1.1 skrll }
5679 1.1 skrll
5680 1.1 skrll return 1;
5681 1.1 skrll }
5682 1.1 skrll
5683 1.1 skrll /* Print a description of the command-line options that we accept. */
5684 1.1 skrll
5685 1.1 skrll void
5686 1.1 skrll md_show_usage (FILE *stream)
5687 1.3 christos {
5688 1.3 christos fputs (_("\
5689 1.3 christos Alpha options:\n\
5690 1.1 skrll -32addr treat addresses as 32-bit values\n\
5691 1.1 skrll -F lack floating point instructions support\n\
5692 1.1 skrll -mev4 | -mev45 | -mev5 | -mev56 | -mpca56 | -mev6 | -mev67 | -mev68 | -mall\n\
5693 1.1 skrll specify variant of Alpha architecture\n\
5694 1.1 skrll -m21064 | -m21066 | -m21164 | -m21164a | -m21164pc | -m21264 | -m21264a | -m21264b\n\
5695 1.1 skrll these variants include PALcode opcodes\n"),
5696 1.1 skrll stream);
5697 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5698 1.1 skrll fputs (_("\
5699 1.1 skrll VMS options:\n\
5700 1.1 skrll -+ encode (don't truncate) names longer than 64 characters\n\
5701 1.1 skrll -H show new symbol after hash truncation\n\
5702 1.1 skrll -replace/-noreplace enable or disable the optimization of procedure calls\n"),
5703 1.1 skrll stream);
5704 1.1 skrll #endif
5705 1.1 skrll }
5706 1.1 skrll
5707 1.1 skrll /* Decide from what point a pc-relative relocation is relative to,
5708 1.1 skrll relative to the pc-relative fixup. Er, relatively speaking. */
5709 1.1 skrll
5710 1.1 skrll long
5711 1.1 skrll md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
5712 1.1 skrll {
5713 1.1 skrll valueT addr = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
5714 1.1 skrll
5715 1.1 skrll switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
5716 1.1 skrll {
5717 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
5718 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
5719 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
5720 1.1 skrll return addr + 4;
5721 1.1 skrll default:
5722 1.1 skrll return addr;
5723 1.1 skrll }
5724 1.1 skrll }
5725 1.1 skrll
5726 1.1 skrll /* Attempt to simplify or even eliminate a fixup. The return value is
5727 1.1 skrll ignored; perhaps it was once meaningful, but now it is historical.
5728 1.1 skrll To indicate that a fixup has been eliminated, set fixP->fx_done.
5729 1.1 skrll
5730 1.1 skrll For ELF, here it is that we transform the GPDISP_HI16 reloc we used
5731 1.1 skrll internally into the GPDISP reloc used externally. We had to do
5732 1.1 skrll this so that we'd have the GPDISP_LO16 reloc as a tag to compute
5733 1.1 skrll the distance to the "lda" instruction for setting the addend to
5734 1.1 skrll GPDISP. */
5735 1.1 skrll
5736 1.1 skrll void
5737 1.1 skrll md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT * valP, segT seg)
5738 1.1 skrll {
5739 1.1 skrll char * const fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
5740 1.1 skrll valueT value = * valP;
5741 1.1 skrll unsigned image, size;
5742 1.1 skrll
5743 1.1 skrll switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
5744 1.1 skrll {
5745 1.1 skrll /* The GPDISP relocations are processed internally with a symbol
5746 1.1 skrll referring to the current function's section; we need to drop
5747 1.1 skrll in a value which, when added to the address of the start of
5748 1.1 skrll the function, gives the desired GP. */
5749 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
5750 1.1 skrll {
5751 1.1 skrll fixS *next = fixP->fx_next;
5752 1.1 skrll
5753 1.1 skrll /* With user-specified !gpdisp relocations, we can be missing
5754 1.1 skrll the matching LO16 reloc. We will have already issued an
5755 1.1 skrll error message. */
5756 1.1 skrll if (next)
5757 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = (next->fx_frag->fr_address + next->fx_where
5758 1.1 skrll - fixP->fx_frag->fr_address - fixP->fx_where);
5759 1.1 skrll
5760 1.1 skrll value = (value - sign_extend_16 (value)) >> 16;
5761 1.1 skrll }
5762 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5763 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP;
5764 1.1 skrll #endif
5765 1.1 skrll goto do_reloc_gp;
5766 1.8 christos
5767 1.8 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
5768 1.8 christos value = sign_extend_16 (value);
5769 1.8 christos fixP->fx_offset = 0;
5770 1.8 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5771 1.8 christos fixP->fx_done = 1;
5772 1.1 skrll #endif
5773 1.1 skrll
5774 1.1 skrll do_reloc_gp:
5775 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (seg);
5776 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
5777 1.1 skrll break;
5778 1.1 skrll
5779 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_8:
5780 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
5781 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
5782 1.1 skrll size = 1;
5783 1.1 skrll goto do_reloc_xx;
5784 1.1 skrll
5785 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_16:
5786 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
5787 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
5788 1.1 skrll size = 2;
5789 1.1 skrll goto do_reloc_xx;
5790 1.1 skrll
5791 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_32:
5792 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
5793 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
5794 1.1 skrll size = 4;
5795 1.1 skrll goto do_reloc_xx;
5796 1.1 skrll
5797 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_64:
5798 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
5799 1.3 christos fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
5800 1.1 skrll size = 8;
5801 1.1 skrll
5802 1.1 skrll do_reloc_xx:
5803 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
5804 1.1 skrll {
5805 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, size);
5806 1.1 skrll goto done;
5807 1.1 skrll }
5808 1.1 skrll return;
5809 1.1 skrll
5810 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5811 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
5812 1.1 skrll gas_assert (fixP->fx_subsy == alpha_gp_symbol);
5813 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_subsy = 0;
5814 1.1 skrll /* FIXME: inherited this obliviousness of `value' -- why? */
5815 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (fixpos, -alpha_gp_value, 4);
5816 1.1 skrll break;
5817 1.1 skrll #else
5818 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
5819 1.1 skrll #endif
5820 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
5821 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
5822 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
5823 1.1 skrll return;
5824 1.1 skrll
5825 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
5826 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
5827 1.1 skrll {
5828 1.1 skrll image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
5829 1.1 skrll image = (image & ~0x1FFFFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
5830 1.1 skrll goto write_done;
5831 1.1 skrll }
5832 1.1 skrll return;
5833 1.1 skrll
5834 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
5835 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
5836 1.1 skrll {
5837 1.1 skrll image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
5838 1.1 skrll image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
5839 1.1 skrll goto write_done;
5840 1.1 skrll }
5841 1.1 skrll return;
5842 1.1 skrll
5843 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5844 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
5845 1.1 skrll return;
5846 1.1 skrll
5847 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
5848 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
5849 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
5850 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
5851 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
5852 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
5853 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
5854 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
5855 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
5856 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
5857 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_addsy)
5858 1.1 skrll S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
5859 1.1 skrll return;
5860 1.3 christos #endif
5861 1.3 christos
5862 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5863 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
5864 1.3 christos md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
5865 1.3 christos return;
5866 1.3 christos #endif
5867 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
5868 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
5869 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
5870 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
5871 1.3 christos return;
5872 1.3 christos
5873 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5874 1.8 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
5875 1.3 christos value -= (8 + 4); /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4. */
5876 1.3 christos
5877 1.3 christos /* From B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker Utility Manual:
5878 1.3 christos "Finally, the ETIR$C_STC_BSR command passes the same address
5879 1.3 christos as ETIR$C_STC_NOP (so that they will fail or succeed together),
5880 1.3 christos and the same test is done again." */
5881 1.3 christos if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
5882 1.3 christos {
5883 1.3 christos fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
5884 1.3 christos return;
5885 1.3 christos }
5886 1.3 christos
5887 1.3 christos if (value + (1u << 22) >= (1u << 23))
5888 1.3 christos goto done;
5889 1.3 christos else
5890 1.3 christos {
5891 1.3 christos /* Change to a nop. */
5892 1.3 christos image = 0x47FF041F;
5893 1.8 christos goto write_done;
5894 1.3 christos }
5895 1.3 christos
5896 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
5897 1.3 christos /* fixup_segment sets fixP->fx_addsy to NULL when it can pre-compute
5898 1.3 christos the value for an O_subtract. */
5899 1.3 christos if (fixP->fx_addsy
5900 1.3 christos && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
5901 1.3 christos {
5902 1.3 christos fixP->fx_addnumber = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixP->fx_subsy)->value;
5903 1.3 christos return;
5904 1.3 christos }
5905 1.3 christos
5906 1.3 christos if (value + (1u << 15) >= (1u << 16))
5907 1.3 christos goto done;
5908 1.3 christos else
5909 1.3 christos {
5910 1.3 christos /* Change to an lda. */
5911 1.3 christos image = 0x237B0000 | (value & 0xFFFF);
5912 1.3 christos goto write_done;
5913 1.8 christos }
5914 1.3 christos
5915 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
5916 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
5917 1.3 christos value -= 4; /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4. */
5918 1.3 christos
5919 1.3 christos /* See comment in the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP case above. */
5920 1.3 christos if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
5921 1.3 christos {
5922 1.3 christos fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
5923 1.3 christos return;
5924 1.3 christos }
5925 1.3 christos
5926 1.3 christos if (value + (1u << 22) >= (1u << 23))
5927 1.3 christos {
5928 1.3 christos /* Out of range. */
5929 1.3 christos if (fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH)
5930 1.3 christos {
5931 1.3 christos /* Add a hint. */
5932 1.3 christos image = bfd_getl32(fixpos);
5933 1.1 skrll image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
5934 1.1 skrll goto write_done;
5935 1.1 skrll }
5936 1.1 skrll goto done;
5937 1.1 skrll }
5938 1.1 skrll else
5939 1.1 skrll {
5940 1.1 skrll /* Change to a branch. */
5941 1.1 skrll image = 0xD3400000 | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
5942 1.1 skrll goto write_done;
5943 1.1 skrll }
5944 1.1 skrll #endif
5945 1.3 christos
5946 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
5947 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
5948 1.1 skrll return;
5949 1.1 skrll
5950 1.1 skrll default:
5951 1.1 skrll {
5952 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_operand *operand;
5953 1.1 skrll
5954 1.1 skrll if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type >= 0)
5955 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("unhandled relocation type %s"),
5956 1.1 skrll bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
5957 1.1 skrll
5958 1.1 skrll gas_assert (-(int) fixP->fx_r_type < (int) alpha_num_operands);
5959 1.1 skrll operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixP->fx_r_type];
5960 1.1 skrll
5961 1.1 skrll /* The rest of these fixups only exist internally during symbol
5962 1.1 skrll resolution and have no representation in the object file.
5963 1.1 skrll Therefore they must be completely resolved as constants. */
5964 1.1 skrll
5965 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0
5966 1.1 skrll && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != absolute_section)
5967 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
5968 1.1 skrll _("non-absolute expression in constant field"));
5969 1.1 skrll
5970 1.1 skrll image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
5971 1.1 skrll image = insert_operand (image, operand, (offsetT) value,
5972 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
5973 1.9 christos }
5974 1.1 skrll goto write_done;
5975 1.1 skrll }
5976 1.9 christos
5977 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0 || fixP->fx_pcrel != 0)
5978 1.1 skrll return;
5979 1.1 skrll else
5980 1.1 skrll {
5981 1.1 skrll as_warn_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
5982 1.1 skrll _("type %d reloc done?\n"), (int) fixP->fx_r_type);
5983 1.1 skrll goto done;
5984 1.1 skrll }
5985 1.1 skrll
5986 1.1 skrll write_done:
5987 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (fixpos, image, 4);
5988 1.1 skrll
5989 1.1 skrll done:
5990 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_done = 1;
5991 1.1 skrll }
5992 1.1 skrll
5993 1.1 skrll /* Look for a register name in the given symbol. */
5994 1.1 skrll
5995 1.1 skrll symbolS *
5996 1.1 skrll md_undefined_symbol (char *name)
5997 1.1 skrll {
5998 1.1 skrll if (*name == '$')
5999 1.1 skrll {
6000 1.1 skrll int is_float = 0, num;
6001 1.1 skrll
6002 1.1 skrll switch (*++name)
6003 1.1 skrll {
6004 1.1 skrll case 'f':
6005 1.1 skrll if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
6006 1.1 skrll return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_FP];
6007 1.1 skrll is_float = 32;
6008 1.1 skrll /* Fall through. */
6009 1.1 skrll
6010 1.1 skrll case 'r':
6011 1.1 skrll if (!ISDIGIT (*++name))
6012 1.1 skrll break;
6013 1.1 skrll /* Fall through. */
6014 1.1 skrll
6015 1.1 skrll case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
6016 1.1 skrll case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
6017 1.1 skrll if (name[1] == '\0')
6018 1.1 skrll num = name[0] - '0';
6019 1.1 skrll else if (name[0] != '0' && ISDIGIT (name[1]) && name[2] == '\0')
6020 1.1 skrll {
6021 1.1 skrll num = (name[0] - '0') * 10 + name[1] - '0';
6022 1.1 skrll if (num >= 32)
6023 1.1 skrll break;
6024 1.1 skrll }
6025 1.1 skrll else
6026 1.1 skrll break;
6027 1.1 skrll
6028 1.1 skrll if (!alpha_noat_on && (num + is_float) == AXP_REG_AT)
6029 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
6030 1.1 skrll return alpha_register_table[num + is_float];
6031 1.1 skrll
6032 1.1 skrll case 'a':
6033 1.1 skrll if (name[1] == 't' && name[2] == '\0')
6034 1.1 skrll {
6035 1.1 skrll if (!alpha_noat_on)
6036 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
6037 1.1 skrll return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_AT];
6038 1.1 skrll }
6039 1.1 skrll break;
6040 1.1 skrll
6041 1.1 skrll case 'g':
6042 1.1 skrll if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
6043 1.1 skrll return alpha_register_table[alpha_gp_register];
6044 1.1 skrll break;
6045 1.1 skrll
6046 1.1 skrll case 's':
6047 1.1 skrll if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
6048 1.1 skrll return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_SP];
6049 1.1 skrll break;
6050 1.1 skrll }
6051 1.1 skrll }
6052 1.1 skrll return NULL;
6053 1.1 skrll }
6054 1.1 skrll
6055 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
6056 1.1 skrll /* @@@ Magic ECOFF bits. */
6057 1.1 skrll
6058 1.1 skrll void
6059 1.1 skrll alpha_frob_ecoff_data (void)
6060 1.1 skrll {
6061 1.1 skrll select_gp_value ();
6062 1.1 skrll /* $zero and $f31 are read-only. */
6063 1.1 skrll alpha_gprmask &= ~1;
6064 1.1 skrll alpha_fprmask &= ~1;
6065 1.1 skrll }
6066 1.1 skrll #endif
6067 1.1 skrll
6068 1.1 skrll /* Hook to remember a recently defined label so that the auto-align
6069 1.1 skrll code can adjust the symbol after we know what alignment will be
6070 1.1 skrll required. */
6071 1.1 skrll
6072 1.1 skrll void
6073 1.1 skrll alpha_define_label (symbolS *sym)
6074 1.1 skrll {
6075 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = sym;
6076 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6077 1.1 skrll dwarf2_emit_label (sym);
6078 1.1 skrll #endif
6079 1.1 skrll }
6080 1.1 skrll
6081 1.1 skrll /* Return true if we must always emit a reloc for a type and false if
6082 1.1 skrll there is some hope of resolving it at assembly time. */
6083 1.1 skrll
6084 1.1 skrll int
6085 1.1 skrll alpha_force_relocation (fixS *f)
6086 1.1 skrll {
6087 1.1 skrll if (alpha_flag_relax)
6088 1.1 skrll return 1;
6089 1.1 skrll
6090 1.1 skrll switch (f->fx_r_type)
6091 1.1 skrll {
6092 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
6093 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
6094 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
6095 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
6096 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
6097 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
6098 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
6099 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
6100 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
6101 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
6102 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
6103 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
6104 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
6105 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
6106 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
6107 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
6108 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
6109 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
6110 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
6111 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
6112 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
6113 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
6114 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
6115 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
6116 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
6117 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
6118 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
6119 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
6120 1.1 skrll #endif
6121 1.1 skrll return 1;
6122 1.1 skrll
6123 1.1 skrll default:
6124 1.1 skrll break;
6125 1.1 skrll }
6126 1.1 skrll
6127 1.1 skrll return generic_force_reloc (f);
6128 1.1 skrll }
6129 1.1 skrll
6130 1.1 skrll /* Return true if we can partially resolve a relocation now. */
6131 1.1 skrll
6132 1.1 skrll int
6133 1.1 skrll alpha_fix_adjustable (fixS *f)
6134 1.1 skrll {
6135 1.1 skrll /* Are there any relocation types for which we must generate a
6136 1.1 skrll reloc but we can adjust the values contained within it? */
6137 1.1 skrll switch (f->fx_r_type)
6138 1.1 skrll {
6139 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
6140 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
6141 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
6142 1.1 skrll return 0;
6143 1.1 skrll
6144 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
6145 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
6146 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
6147 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
6148 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
6149 1.1 skrll return 1;
6150 1.1 skrll
6151 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
6152 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
6153 1.1 skrll return 0;
6154 1.1 skrll
6155 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
6156 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
6157 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
6158 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
6159 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
6160 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_16:
6161 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_32:
6162 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_64:
6163 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
6164 1.1 skrll return 1;
6165 1.1 skrll
6166 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
6167 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
6168 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
6169 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
6170 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
6171 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
6172 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
6173 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
6174 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
6175 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
6176 1.1 skrll /* ??? No idea why we can't return a reference to .tbss+10, but
6177 1.1 skrll we're preventing this in the other assemblers. Follow for now. */
6178 1.1 skrll return 0;
6179 1.1 skrll
6180 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6181 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
6182 1.1 skrll /* If we have a BRSGP reloc to a local symbol, adjust it to BRADDR and
6183 1.1 skrll let it get resolved at assembly time. */
6184 1.1 skrll {
6185 1.1 skrll symbolS *sym = f->fx_addsy;
6186 1.1 skrll const char *name;
6187 1.1 skrll int offset = 0;
6188 1.1 skrll
6189 1.1 skrll if (generic_force_reloc (f))
6190 1.1 skrll return 0;
6191 1.1 skrll
6192 1.1 skrll switch (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD)
6193 1.1 skrll {
6194 1.1 skrll case STO_ALPHA_NOPV:
6195 1.1 skrll break;
6196 1.1 skrll case STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD:
6197 1.1 skrll offset = 8;
6198 1.1 skrll break;
6199 1.1 skrll default:
6200 1.1 skrll if (S_IS_LOCAL (sym))
6201 1.3 christos name = "<local>";
6202 1.3 christos else
6203 1.3 christos name = S_GET_NAME (sym);
6204 1.3 christos as_bad_where (f->fx_file, f->fx_line,
6205 1.3 christos _("!samegp reloc against symbol without .prologue: %s"),
6206 1.3 christos name);
6207 1.3 christos break;
6208 1.1 skrll }
6209 1.1 skrll f->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2;
6210 1.1 skrll f->fx_offset += offset;
6211 1.1 skrll return 1;
6212 1.1 skrll }
6213 1.1 skrll #endif
6214 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
6215 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
6216 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
6217 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
6218 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
6219 1.1 skrll return 1;
6220 1.1 skrll #endif
6221 1.1 skrll
6222 1.1 skrll default:
6223 1.6 christos return 1;
6224 1.6 christos }
6225 1.1 skrll }
6226 1.1 skrll
6227 1.1 skrll /* Generate the BFD reloc to be stuck in the object file from the
6228 1.1 skrll fixup used internally in the assembler. */
6229 1.1 skrll
6230 1.3 christos arelent *
6231 1.1 skrll tc_gen_reloc (asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6232 1.1 skrll fixS *fixp)
6233 1.1 skrll {
6234 1.1 skrll arelent *reloc;
6235 1.1 skrll
6236 1.1 skrll reloc = XNEW (arelent);
6237 1.1 skrll reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
6238 1.1 skrll *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
6239 1.1 skrll reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
6240 1.1 skrll
6241 1.1 skrll /* Make sure none of our internal relocations make it this far.
6242 1.1 skrll They'd better have been fully resolved by this point. */
6243 1.1 skrll gas_assert ((int) fixp->fx_r_type > 0);
6244 1.1 skrll
6245 1.3 christos reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type);
6246 1.3 christos if (reloc->howto == NULL)
6247 1.3 christos {
6248 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
6249 1.1 skrll _("cannot represent `%s' relocation in object file"),
6250 1.3 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
6251 1.3 christos return NULL;
6252 1.1 skrll }
6253 1.1 skrll
6254 1.1 skrll if (!fixp->fx_pcrel != !reloc->howto->pc_relative)
6255 1.3 christos as_fatal (_("internal error? cannot generate `%s' relocation"),
6256 1.3 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
6257 1.3 christos
6258 1.1 skrll gas_assert (!fixp->fx_pcrel == !reloc->howto->pc_relative);
6259 1.3 christos
6260 1.3 christos reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
6261 1.3 christos
6262 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
6263 1.3 christos /* Fake out bfd_perform_relocation. sigh. */
6264 1.3 christos /* ??? Better would be to use the special_function hook. */
6265 1.3 christos if (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL)
6266 1.3 christos reloc->addend = -alpha_gp_value;
6267 1.3 christos #endif
6268 1.3 christos
6269 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
6270 1.3 christos switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
6271 1.3 christos {
6272 1.3 christos struct evax_private_udata_struct *udata;
6273 1.3 christos const char *pname;
6274 1.3 christos int pname_len;
6275 1.3 christos
6276 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
6277 1.3 christos /* Copy the linkage index. */
6278 1.3 christos reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
6279 1.3 christos break;
6280 1.6 christos
6281 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
6282 1.6 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
6283 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
6284 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
6285 1.4 christos pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy)->name;
6286 1.3 christos
6287 1.3 christos /* We need the non-suffixed name of the procedure. Beware that
6288 1.3 christos the main symbol might be equated so look it up and take its name. */
6289 1.3 christos pname_len = strlen (pname);
6290 1.3 christos if (pname_len > 4 && strcmp (pname + pname_len - 4, "..en") == 0)
6291 1.3 christos {
6292 1.3 christos symbolS *sym;
6293 1.3 christos char *my_pname = xmemdup0 (pname, pname_len - 4);
6294 1.3 christos sym = symbol_find (my_pname);
6295 1.3 christos free (my_pname);
6296 1.3 christos if (sym == NULL)
6297 1.3 christos abort ();
6298 1.3 christos
6299 1.6 christos while (symbol_equated_reloc_p (sym))
6300 1.3 christos {
6301 1.3 christos symbolS *n = symbol_get_value_expression (sym)->X_add_symbol;
6302 1.3 christos
6303 1.3 christos /* We must avoid looping, as that can occur with a badly
6304 1.3 christos written program. */
6305 1.3 christos if (n == sym)
6306 1.3 christos break;
6307 1.3 christos sym = n;
6308 1.3 christos }
6309 1.3 christos pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->name;
6310 1.3 christos }
6311 1.1 skrll
6312 1.1 skrll udata = XNEW (struct evax_private_udata_struct);
6313 1.1 skrll udata->enbsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
6314 1.1 skrll udata->bsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->psym);
6315 1.1 skrll udata->origname = (char *)pname;
6316 1.1 skrll udata->lkindex = ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
6317 1.1 skrll symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)->udata.p)->lkindex;
6318 1.1 skrll reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (void *)udata;
6319 1.1 skrll reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
6320 1.1 skrll
6321 1.1 skrll default:
6322 1.1 skrll break;
6323 1.1 skrll }
6324 1.1 skrll #endif
6325 1.1 skrll
6326 1.1 skrll return reloc;
6327 1.1 skrll }
6328 1.1 skrll
6329 1.1 skrll /* Parse a register name off of the input_line and return a register
6330 1.5 christos number. Gets md_undefined_symbol above to do the register name
6331 1.5 christos matching for us.
6332 1.1 skrll
6333 1.1 skrll Only called as a part of processing the ECOFF .frame directive. */
6334 1.1 skrll
6335 1.1 skrll int
6336 1.1 skrll tc_get_register (int frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6337 1.1 skrll {
6338 1.1 skrll int framereg = AXP_REG_SP;
6339 1.1 skrll
6340 1.9 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6341 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
6342 1.1 skrll {
6343 1.1 skrll char *s;
6344 1.1 skrll char c = get_symbol_name (&s);
6345 1.1 skrll symbolS *sym = md_undefined_symbol (s);
6346 1.1 skrll
6347 1.1 skrll *strchr (s, '\0') = c;
6348 1.1 skrll if (sym && (framereg = S_GET_VALUE (sym)) <= 31)
6349 1.1 skrll goto found;
6350 1.1 skrll }
6351 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("frame reg expected, using $%d."), framereg);
6352 1.1 skrll
6353 1.1 skrll found:
6354 1.1 skrll note_gpreg (framereg);
6355 1.1 skrll return framereg;
6356 1.1 skrll }
6357 1.1 skrll
6358 1.1 skrll /* This is called before the symbol table is processed. In order to
6359 1.1 skrll work with gcc when using mips-tfile, we must keep all local labels.
6360 1.1 skrll However, in other cases, we want to discard them. If we were
6361 1.1 skrll called with -g, but we didn't see any debugging information, it may
6362 1.1 skrll mean that gcc is smuggling debugging information through to
6363 1.1 skrll mips-tfile, in which case we must generate all local labels. */
6364 1.1 skrll
6365 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
6366 1.1 skrll
6367 1.1 skrll void
6368 alpha_frob_file_before_adjust (void)
6369 {
6370 if (alpha_debug != 0
6371 && ! ecoff_debugging_seen)
6372 flag_keep_locals = 1;
6373 }
6374
6375 #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
6376
6377 /* The Alpha has support for some VAX floating point types, as well as for
6378 IEEE floating point. We consider IEEE to be the primary floating point
6379 format, and sneak in the VAX floating point support here. */
6380 #include "config/atof-vax.c"
6381